妄语学处的解释
1. Musāvādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在波逸提的妄语品第一项中,“正知而妄语”的意思是:事前已经知道,在开口说话的当下也仍然知道,这样去说妄语。这里说的“说”,是指把不真实的变成真实的,或者把真实的变成不真实的,通过身体或语言做出表达的行为;这里的“正知妄语”是处格,表示原因。因此,凡是正知而说妄语的人,就以这个为标志、以这个为因、以这个为缘,构成波逸提。这里以及其他类似的地方,都应该这样理解其含义。
Pācittiyesu musāvādavaggassa paṭhame sampajānamusāvādeti pubbepi jānitvā vacanakkhaṇepi jānantasseva musāvādabhaṇane. Bhaṇanañca nāma idha abhūtassa vā bhūtataṃ, bhūtassa vā abhūtataṃ katvā kāyena vā vācāya vā viññāpanappayogo, nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ. Tasmā yo sampajānamusāvādaṃ vadati, tassa taṃnimittaṃ taṃhetu tappaccayā pācittiyaṃ hotīti evamettha aññesu ca īdisesu attho veditabbo.
在舍卫城,针对释迦族子哈塔卡,因轻视他而又承认等事由而制定。这是共通制定,不是特意命令。为了宣说上人法而说妄语,犯波罗夷;以无根据的波罗夷来诽谤,犯僧残;以僧残来诽谤,犯波逸提;以行为败坏来诽谤,犯恶作;用“谁住在你的精舍”等间接方式,为了宣说上人法而说妄语,对方领解时犯偷兰遮,不领解时犯恶作;纯粹说妄语,在这里犯波逸提。没有仔细考虑就仓促说,想说这个却说成别的,以及疯子等,不犯。以欺骗为先,以欺骗的心想说某件事,并对那个人作出告知的努力,这里是两个要素。它的等起等,与不与取相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ hatthakaṃ sakyaputtaṃ ārabbha avajānitvā paṭijānanādivatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, uttarimanussadhammārocanatthaṃ musā bhaṇantassa pārājikaṃ, amūlakena pārājikena anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ saṅghādiseso, saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ pācittiyaṃ, ācāravipattiyā anuddhaṃsanatthaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, ‘‘yo te vihāre vasī’’tiādinā (pārā. 220) pariyāyena uttarimanussadhammārocanatthaṃ paṭivijānantassa musā bhaṇite thullaccayaṃ, appaṭivijānantassa dukkaṭaṃ, kevalaṃ musā bhaṇantassa idha pācittiyaṃ. Anupadhāretvā sahasā bhaṇantassa, ‘‘aññaṃ bhaṇissāmī’’ti aññaṃ bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Visaṃvādanapurekkhāratā, visaṃvādanacittena yamatthaṃ vattukāmo, tassa puggalassa viññāpanapayogo cāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
第二条:毁谤语学处的解释
2. Omasavādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二条,“毁谤语”是指用侮辱性的言辞来骂人。以出身、姓名、家族、职业、技艺、疾病、相貌、烦恼、犯戒等作为骂人的把柄,不管说的是真的还是假的,对任何一位比丘——不论他犯了波罗夷还是没有犯——用任何言语或手势,不绕弯子、直接骂詈,就犯波逸提。这就是这段话的意思。
Dutiye omasavādeti ovijjhanavacane, jātināmagottakammasippaābādhaliṅgakilesaāpattiakkosesu bhūtena vā abhūtena vā yena kenaci pārājikaṃ āpannaṃ vā anāpannaṃ vā yaṃkiñci bhikkhuṃ yāya kāyaci vācāya vā hatthamuddāya vā anaññāpadesena akkosanavacane pācittiyanti attho.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,以辱骂为事由,是共通制定,不是别制。用那十种骂人的事由,以“这里有些旃陀罗”等(波逸提26)的方式,作间接影射来骂人;用“你是贼、你是强盗”等律文之外的词句来骂人;或者以任何方式骂未受具足戒的人,都犯恶作。这里,比丘尼也算作未受具足戒。不想骂人、只是因为想开玩笑而说的,一切情况都犯恶说。为了阐明义理、说法、教诫而说的,以及疯狂者等,无犯。对方是受具足戒的人;不是用间接影射,而是直接以出身等来骂;知道“他在骂我”;不是为阐明义理等而说——这里是四个要素。等起等与不与取相同,但这里的受是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha omasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tehiyeva dasahi akkosavatthūhi ‘‘santi idhekacce caṇḍālā’’tiādinā (pāci. 26) nayena aññāpadesaṃ katvā akkosantassa, ‘‘corosi gaṇṭhibhedakosī’’tiādīhi pāḷimuttakapadehi akkosantassa, yathā tathā vā anupasampannaṃ akkosantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Idha bhikkhunīpi anupasampannasaṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Anakkositukāmassa kevalaṃ davakamyatāya vadato sabbattha dubbhāsitaṃ. Atthadhammaanusāsanipurekkhārānaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Yaṃ akkosati, tassa upasampannatā, anaññāpadesena jātiādīhi akkosanaṃ, ‘‘maṃ akkosatī’’ti jānanā, atthapurekkhāratādīnaṃ abhāvoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, vedanā pana idha dukkhāti.
3. 离间语学处解释
3. Pesuññasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三条,“比丘离间语”是指比丘搞离间。比丘听到另一个比丘用出身等骂人的话辱骂比丘之后,如果因为喜欢那个比丘,或者想把他们拆散,而把那些话转达给那个没有被激怒的比丘——不管是用身体动作还是用言语来转达——那就是离间语,犯波逸提。这就是这条的意思。
Tatiye bhikkhupesuññeti bhikkhussa pesuññe, jātiādīhi akkosavatthūhi bhikkhū akkosantassa bhikkhuno sutvā vacanaṃ bhikkhuno piyakamyatāya vā bhedādhippāyena vā yo akkuddho, tassa bhikkhussa kāyena vā vācāya vā upasaṃhaṭe tasmiṃ pesuññakaraṇavacane pācittiyanti attho.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,以传达离间语为事由;这是共通制定,不是命令式的。按照前面所说的方式,以其他名目(间接方式)辱骂的人,在传达其话语时,或者在传达律典之外的辱骂语时,或者向未受具足戒者传达时,犯恶作。在这里,比丘尼也处于未受具足戒的位置。如果不是出于喜爱,不是出于离间意图,仅仅是为了呵责恶行而说的,以及疯狂者等,无犯。比丘以出身等非其他名目(直接方式)辱骂,听到其话语后向比丘传达,具有喜爱或离间意图中的任何一种,且对方知晓——这里是三个要素。其等起等,与不与取相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha pesuññaupasaṃharaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, vuttanayeneva aññāpadesena akkosantassa vacanūpasaṃhāre vā pāḷimuttakaakkosūpasaṃhāre vā anupasampannassa ca upasaṃhāre dukkaṭaṃ. Idhāpi bhikkhunī anupasampannaṭṭhāne ṭhitā. Na piyakamyatāya, na bhedādhippāyena kevalaṃ pāpagarahitāya vadantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Jātiādīhi anaññāpadesena akkosantassa bhikkhuno sutvā vacanaṃ bhikkhussa upasaṃharaṇaṃ, piyakamyatābhedādhippāyesu aññataratā , tassa vijānanāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānevāti.
4. 逐句法学处释
4. Padasodhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四条:“按句教法”,就是一句一句地教人诵法。这包括还没有收进三次结集里的法,比如《王教经》《利根经》《四转经》《难陀乌巴难达经》《族经》《道论》等,也包括已经收进三次结集里的三藏法,都要一句一句地教。所谓“句、随句、字、随字”,每一个部分算作一分,这就是它的意思。波逸提:如果比丘把比丘和比丘尼除外,跟其他任何人一起诵任何一分,就按句等的数量来算,犯波逸提。
Catutthe padaso dhammaṃ vāceyyāti saṅgītittayaṃ anāruḷhampi rājovādatikkhindriyacatuparivattananandopanandakulumpasuttamaggakathādidhammañca saṅgītittayamāruḷhaṃ tipiṭakadhammañca padaṃ padaṃ vāceyya, padānupadaanvakkharaanubyañjanesu ekekaṃ koṭṭhāsanti attho. Pācittiyanti etesu padādīsu bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā yaṃkañci koṭṭhāsaṃ avasesapuggalehi saddhiṃ ekato bhaṇantassa padādigaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因为六群比丘而制定:以逐句诵法为事由,是共通制定,不是命令性的,属于三句波逸提。对已受具足戒的人,若想成未受具足戒,或有疑惑,犯恶作。和未受具足戒的人一起诵念、一起复习,在他面前诵念,大多数是在诵已经背熟的经典,或者让他跟着念,在出错的地方说“要这样念”,和他一起念的,以及疯子等,无犯。未受具足戒,按所说的特征逐句诵法,以及一起让他跟着念——这里有三要素。逐句教法的起因,是造作,不是想而解脱,不是无心,是制戒所犯,属于语业,三种心,三种受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha padaso dhammavācanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ. Upasampanne anupasampannasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Anupasampannena saddhiṃ ekato uddesaggahaṇe, sajjhāyakaraṇe, tassa santike uddesaggahaṇe, yebhuyyena paguṇaganthaṃ bhaṇantassa, osārentassa ca khalitaṭṭhāne ‘‘evaṃ bhaṇāhī’’ti vacane ca ekato bhaṇantassāpi, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Anupasampannatā, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ dhammaṃ padaso vācanatā, ekato osāpanañcāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Padasodhammasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
5. 第一共宿学处释
5. Paṭhamasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五项里,与未受具足戒者同宿:这里的未受具足戒者,除了比丘以外,下至畜生,哪怕它是犯波罗夷的缘由,也算在内。超过两夜三夜:指两夜或三夜以上。同宿:在完全遮盖、围蔽的住处,或大部分遮盖、围蔽的住处里,或一前一后,或同一刹那,一起躺下。应作:应当去做、去促成。在这里,即使没有碰到屋顶,只要用一肘半高的墙等围起来,也应当知道这就算是完全围蔽了。所以,具备这个特征的地方,即使是一座七层高的宫殿,只有一个入口,或者是一座有百间房、四面有厅堂的建筑,在那里或其他类似的地方,与那样的或其他未受具足戒者一起睡了三夜,到第四天太阳落山时,如果那个未受具足戒者躺下,无论关不关门,他躺下;或者先躺下的人在对方躺下时没有起身,那么,按两个人起身后又躺下的行为次数,以及未受具足戒者的人数来计算,犯波逸提。这里是简略说明,详细解释在《一切善见律》中已从各个方面作了阐述。
Pañcame anupasampannenāti bhikkhuṃ ṭhapetvā antamaso pārājikavatthubhūtena tiracchānagatenāpi. Uttaridirattatirattanti dvinnaṃ vā tiṇṇaṃ vā rattīnaṃ upari. Sahaseyyanti sabbacchannaparicchanne yebhuyyena channaparicchanne vā senāsane pubbāpariyena vā ekakkhaṇena vā ekato nipajjanaṃ. Kappeyyāti vidaheyya sampādeyya. Tattha chadanaṃ anāhacca diyaḍḍhahatthubbedhena pākārādinā paricchinnampi sabbaparicchannamicceva veditabbaṃ, tasmā iminā lakkhaṇena samannāgato sacepi sattabhūmiko pāsādo ekūpacāro hoti, satagabbhaṃ vā catusālaṃ, yo tattha vā aññattha vā tādise tena vā aññena vā anupasampannena saha tisso rattiyo sayitvā catutthadivase atthaṅgate sūriye anupasampanne nipanne gabbhadvāraṃ pidhāya vā apidhāya vā nipajjati, paṭhamanipanno vā tasmiṃ nipajjante na vuṭṭhāti, tassa ubhinnaṃ uṭṭhahitvā nipajjanappayogagaṇanāya anupasampannagaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 51) sabbappakārato vutto.
在阿罗毗,因为众多比丘的缘故,针对与未受具足戒者同宿一事而制定。“超过两夜三夜”是这里随后的补充规定;这是共通学处,不是命令性的,属于三犯波逸提。对已受具足戒者却作未受具足戒想,或者心存疑惑,以及在半遮半掩等处,犯恶作。住不满两夜三夜的人,在第三夜黎明前离开后又回来住;住在全部覆盖、全部无遮等处;在另一人坐着时躺下,或在另一人躺着时坐下;以及疯狂者等人,无犯。有波逸提事缘的住所,在那里与未受具足戒者一起躺卧,到第四天日落,这是这里的三支。等起等,与羊毛学处相同。
Āḷaviyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha anupasampannena sahaseyyavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘uttaridirattatiratta’’nti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, upasampanne anupasampannasaññino vematikassa vā upaddhacchannaparicchannādīsu ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakadirattatirattaṃ vasantassa, tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasantassa, sabbacchannasabbāparicchannādīsu vasantassa, itarasmiṃ nisinne nipajjantassa, nipanne vā nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pācittiyavatthukasenāsanaṃ, tattha anupasampannena saha nipajjanaṃ, catutthadivase sūriyatthaṅgamananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
第六、第二共宿学处的解释
6. Dutiyasahaseyyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六项,“与女人”:哪怕只是当天刚出生的女人类也算。不过,能让人看见形貌的夜叉女、饿鬼女、黄门,以及可作为淫欲对象的雌性畜生,在这里都算作恶作的事例。
Chaṭṭhe mātugāmenāti antamaso tadahujātāyapi manussitthiyā. Dissamānarūpā pana yakkhipetiyo paṇḍako methunavatthubhūtā ca tiracchānitthiyo idha dukkaṭavatthukā honti.
在舍卫城,因为具寿阿那律长老,制定了与女人同宿的学处。其余内容应当依照前一条学处所说的方式来了知,只是夜间分界不同。在那条学处里,是第四日才犯;而在这里,第一日就犯了。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ anuruddhattheraṃ ārabbha mātugāmena sahaseyyavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesaṃ anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ aññatra rattiparicchedā, tatra hi catutthadivase āpatti, idha pana paṭhamadivasepīti.
7. 说法学处注释
7. Dhammadesanāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“超过五六语”:这里,一个偈句或者一句话,应当知道在一切情况下都是这样来计算语的数量。“说法”:指讲说具有“句法学处”中所说特征的法,或者讲说注释书里的法。“除非有有智识的男人在场”:就是除了有智识的男人之外。不过,如果夜叉、饿鬼或者畜生现出男人形相站在那里,即使和它们在一起,也不可以说法。若是对有智识的女人,在没有男人在场时,以句等为单位说法超过六语,就按句等来计数;如果是对很多女人说法,就按女人的人数来计数,犯波逸提。这是依照第二不定法中所说的特征来判断的。
Sattame uttarichappañcavācāhītiettha eko gāthāpādo ekā vācāti evaṃ sabbattha vācāpamāṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Dhammaṃ deseyyāti padasodhammasikkhāpade vuttalakkhaṇaṃ dhammaṃ vā aṭṭhakathādhammaṃ vā bhāseyya. Aññatra viññunā purisaviggahenāti vinā viññunā purisena. Manussaviggahaṃ gahetvā ṭhitena pana yakkhena vā petena vā tiracchānena vā saddhiṃ ṭhitāyapi dhammaṃ desetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Pācittiyanti dutiyāniyate vuttalakkhaṇena manussena vinā viññumanussitthiyā channaṃ vācānaṃ upari padādivasena dhammaṃ desentassa padādigaṇanāya, bahūnaṃ desayato mātugāmagaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因优陀夷长老为女人说法这件事而制定。“除了有智识的人”是这里的随制,是共通制,不是命令,犯的是三波逸提。对不是女人的人作女人想、或者心里有疑惑,以及为女夜叉、女饿鬼、黄门、现女人形相的雌性畜生说法,犯恶作。用六句或不到六句来说,有符合所说特征的男人在场,自己起身后又坐下,或者女人起身后又坐下,或者为另一个女人说法,或者被问“尊者,长部有什么意义”这样问时把整部长部都说出来,或者别人在说法时女人在旁边听,以及为疯子等说法,都无犯。所说之法符合所说的特征,说六句以上;女人符合所说的特征;威仪没有转变;没有净人在场;不是回答问题——这里是五个条件。生起等和句法学处一样,只是这里分有作与无作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha mātugāmassa dhammadesanāvatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra viññunā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, amātugāme mātugāmasaññino vematikassa vā yakkhipetipaṇḍakamanussaviggahatiracchānitthīnaṃ desentassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Chahi vācāhi, tato vā oraṃ desentassa, vuttalakkhaṇe vā purise sati, sayaṃ vā uṭṭhāya, puna nisīditvā mātugāmassa vā uṭṭhahitvā puna nisinnassa, aññassa vā mātugāmassa desayato, ‘‘dīghanikāyo nāma bhante kimatthiyo’’ti evaṃ pana puṭṭhe sabbampi dīghanikāyaṃ desentassa, aññassatthāya vuccamānaṃ mātugāme suṇante, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇassa dhammassa channaṃ vācānaṃ upari desanā, vuttalakkhaṇo mātugāmo, iriyāpathaparivattābhāvo, kappiyakārakassābhāvo, apañhāvissajjanāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisāneva, kevalaṃ idha kiriyākiriyaṃ hotīti.
第八项 实有法宣说学处注释
8. Bhūtārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条里说的“上人法”,就是第四波罗夷里讲过的那个定义,指的是上人——也就是修禅的人以及圣者——所具有的法。“确实存在时,犯波逸提”,意思是:自己身上确实有禅那等法,除了比丘和比丘尼之外,向别人宣说,就犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uttarimanussadhammanti catutthapārājike vuttalakkhaṇaṃ uttarimanussānaṃ jhāyīnañceva ariyānañca dhammaṃ. Bhūtasmiṃ pācittiyanti attani jhānādidhamme sati taṃ bhikkhuñca bhikkhuniñca ṭhapetvā aññassa ārocayato pācittiyaṃ.
在毗舍离,因住在跋耆牟达河边的比丘们,针对他们实说上人法之事而制定。这是共通制定,不是受人命令而制。如果有人以直接的方式,对自己确实具备的禅那等法向他人宣说,而对方当下就以某种方式知道“此人是得禅那者”或“此人是圣者”,就犯波逸提。如果对方不知道,就犯恶作。如果是以间接方式宣说,那么不管对方知不知道,都只是恶作。如果有这样的因缘,对已受具足戒者宣说,以及最初犯戒的人,则无犯。不过,因为圣者不会有疯狂等情况,而得禅那的人若有这种情况就会退失禅那,所以这里不把他们纳入。上人法确实存在、对未受具足戒者宣说、当时就了知、没有其他所指,这是这里的四个要素。由实说上人法而生起,是造作,不是想解脱,不是无心,属于制戒罪,是身业和语业,依善心和无记心两种心生起,依乐受和舍受两种受生起。
Vesāliyaṃ vaggumudātīriye bhikkhū ārabbha tesaṃ bhūtārocanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti , anāṇattikaṃ, nippariyāyena attani vijjamānaṃ jhānādidhammaṃ ārocentassa sace yassa āroceti, so anantarameva ‘‘ayaṃ jhānalābhī’’ti vā ‘‘ariyo’’ti vā yena kenaci ākārena tamatthaṃ jānāti, pācittiyaṃ. No ce jānāti, dukkaṭaṃ. Pariyāyena ārocitaṃ pana jānātu vā, mā vā, dukkaṭameva. Tathārūpe kāraṇe sati upasampannassa ārocayato, ādikammikassa ca anāpatti. Yasmā pana ariyānaṃ ummattakādibhāvo natthi, jhānalābhino pana tasmiṃ sati jhānā parihāyanti, tasmā te idha na gahitā. Uttarimanussadhammassa bhūtatā, anupasampannassa ārocanaṃ, taṅkhaṇavijānanā, anaññāpadesoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Bhūtārocanasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, kusalābyākatacittehi dvicittaṃ, sukhamajjhattavedanāhi dvivedananti.
第九条 说粗罪学处的注释
9. Duṭṭhullārocanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条中,“比丘的”是指没有犯波罗夷的比丘。“粗罪”虽然是两种罪聚的通称,但这里只指僧残。除了比丘认可之外:如果僧团为了经常犯戒的比丘将来能够防护,并且划定罪和家宅的范围,或者没有划定范围,经过三次告知后制定公约,那么除了这个公约之外,如果以不合法的公约,把事由和罪结合起来宣说,比如“这个人排出不净,犯了僧残”等等,就犯波逸提。
Navame bhikkhussāti pārājikaṃ anajjhāpannassa. Duṭṭhullanti kiñcāpi dvinnaṃ āpattikkhandhānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ, idha pana saṅghādisesameva adhippetaṃ. Aññatra bhikkhusammutiyāti yaṃ saṅgho abhiṇhāpattikassa bhikkhuno āyatiṃ saṃvaratthāya āpattīnañca kulānañca pariyantaṃ katvā vā akatvā vā tikkhattuṃ apaloketvā katikaṃ karoti, taṃ ṭhapetvā, ayathākatikāya ‘‘ayaṃ asuciṃ mocetvā saṅghādisesaṃ āpanno’’tiādinā nayena vatthunā saddhiṃ āpattiṃ ghaṭetvā ārocentassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,涉及说粗恶罪之事。这是共通制定,非受命而说,属三波逸提。对非粗恶罪作粗恶想或心存疑惑而说,犯恶作。在其余六种罪聚中,向未受具足戒者宣说前五学处违犯所摄的粗恶罪,或其他非粗恶罪的恶行,也犯恶作。若只说事由或只说罪名,或未越过比丘认可的范围而说,以及对疯狂者等,则无犯。具备上述特征的比丘,有事实依据的僧残、向未受具足戒者宣说、无比丘认可,这里是三个要素。生起等与不与取相同,但此处唯有苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha duṭṭhullāpattiārocanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ , aduṭṭhullāya duṭṭhullasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, avasese cha āpattikkhandhe, anupasampannassa purimapañcasikkhāpadavītikkamasaṅkhātaṃ duṭṭhullaṃ vā itaraṃ aduṭṭhullaṃ vā ajjhācāraṃ ārocentassāpi dukkaṭameva. Vatthumattaṃ vā āpattimattaṃ vā ārocentassa, bhikkhusammutiparicchedaṃ anatikkamitvā ārocentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇassa bhikkhuno savatthuko saṅghādiseso, anupasampannassa ārocanaṃ, bhikkhusammutiyā abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, vedanā pana idha dukkhāyevāti.
10. 掘地学处注释
10. Pathavīkhaṇanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条中说到“地”,地有两种:已烧过的地和未烧过的地。其中,已烧过的地又按纯、杂、堆分为三种。所谓纯地,就是本来就是纯沙或纯黏土的地。所谓杂地,就是沙或黏土中混有石头、砂砾、粗砂、碎石、沙子等,其中任何一种占了三分之一的地。所谓堆地,就是律中所说的“堆积超过四个月的沙堆或黏土堆”。按照上面所说的特征,杂堆以及岩石上积的细尘,如果下雨时被淋湿过一次,过了四个月以后,那湿润过的地方也算作堆地。这三种地,不论是用灶烧、用锅煮,还是用其他任何方式,只要没有烧过,就叫做“未烧过的地”;如果烧过了,而且混有比上面所说的量更多的石头等,就叫做“已烧过的地”,更不用说纯粹由石头等构成的地了。其中,所谓“未烧过的地”,就是非净地。如果有比丘自己挖这样的地,用挖、破、刮、烧等方式破坏它,就按动作的次数犯波逸提。如果是叫人挖,按上面说的方式叫人破坏,命令的人指定“这个地方”或“这块地”,然后用“挖、破”等话命令,那么在发出命令时就犯恶作;一次命令之后,即使对方挖了一整天,命令的人也只犯一个波逸提;如果那个人再三命令,那么每说一次就犯一个波逸提。
Dasame pathavinti duvidhā pathavī jātapathavī ajātapathavīti. Tattha jātapathavī suddhamissapuñjavasena tividhā, tattha suddhapathavī nāma pakatiyā suddhapaṃsu vā suddhamattikā vā. Missapathavī nāma yattha paṃsuto vā mattikāto vā pāsāṇasakkharakathalamarumbavālukāsu aññatarassa tatiyabhāgo hoti. Puñjapathavī nāma ‘‘atirekacātumāsaṃ ovaṭṭho paṃsupuñjo vā mattikāpuñjo vā’’ti (pāci. 86) vuttaṃ, vuttalakkhaṇena pana missakapuñjopi piṭṭhipāsāṇe ṭhitasukhumarajampi ca deve phusāyante sakiṃ tintaṃ catumāsaccayena tintokāso puñjapathavisaṅkhameva gacchati. Tividhāpi cesā pathavī uddhanapattapacanādivasena vā yathā tathā vā adaḍḍhā ‘jātapathavī’ti vuccati, daḍḍhā pana vuttappamāṇato adhikatarapāsāṇādimissā vā ajātapathavī nāma hoti, ko pana vādo suddhapāsāṇādibhedāya. Tattha yā ‘jātapathavī’ti vuttā, ayaṃ akappiyapathavī. Yo bhikkhu taṃ evarūpaṃ pathaviṃ sayaṃ khaṇati, khaṇanabhedanavilekhanapacanādīhi vikopeti, tassa payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Yo pana khaṇāpeti, vuttanayeneva vikopāpeti, tassa ‘‘imaṃ padesa’’nti vā ‘‘imaṃ pathavi’’nti vā evaṃ niyametvā ‘‘khaṇa, bhindā’’tiādinā nayena āṇāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇatte divasampi khaṇante āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ, sace itaro punappunaṃ āṇāpeti, vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在阿罗毗,因阿罗毗的比丘们,就挖地这件事制立了这条学处。这是共通制立,是教诫性的制立。对地有疑惑的,对非地却想成是地的、以及有疑惑的,犯恶作。没有指定地方就说“挖池塘、挖坑、挖块根”等;或者把被太阳晒干裂开的泥土、牛蹄印、与下方地土不相连而崩落的河岸,乃至大如犁头所切下的土块等,一切未成为地的东西加以破坏;或者说“知道这根柱子的坑、给我泥土、拿泥土来、我需要沙、把泥土做成净的”;或者无意中因树木等倒下而弄坏;或者因失念用脚趾等刮划;或者不知道是已成为地,心里也没有“我在挖”的念头;以及对于疯子等,都无犯。已成为地、想成是地、自己挖或叫人挖二者中之任一种,这三项就是这里的三个构成条件。它的生起等判释与不与取戒相似,但这条是制立罪,具三种心、三种受。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha pathavikhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, pathaviyā vematikassa, apathaviyā pathavisaññino ceva vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Okāsaṃ aniyametvā ‘‘pokkharaṇiṃ khaṇa, āvāṭaṃ khaṇa, kandaṃ khaṇā’’tiādīni bhaṇantassa, ātapena sussitvā phalitakaddamaṃ vā gokaṇṭakaṃ vā heṭṭhā pathaviyā asambaddhaṃ bhijjitvā patitanaditaṭaṃ vā mahantampi naṅgalacchinnamattikāpiṇḍantievamādīni sabbañca ajātapathaviṃ vikopentassa, ‘‘imassa thambhassa āvāṭaṃ jāna , mattikaṃ dehi, mattikaṃ āhara, paṃsunā me attho, mattikaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇantassa, asañcicca rukkhādipavaṭṭanena bhindantassa, asatiyā pādaṅguṭṭhakādīhi vilekhantassa, jātapathavibhāvaṃ vā, ‘‘khaṇāmi vā aha’’nti ajānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Jātapathavī, pathavisaññitā, khaṇanakhaṇāpanānaṃ aññataranti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
1. 有生命植物学处注释
1. Bhūtagāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在《植物品》的第一个学处里,“坏植物”这个词中:这里“已生的”是指存在的、曾经存在的,意思是正在生长、增长,已经出生、已经长大。“村”是聚集的意思,植物的聚集就是“植物村”,或者植物本身就是聚集,这是对已经扎根的绿色草、树等的称呼。“可破坏性”就是可破坏的状态,意思是可以用切割、劈裂等方式随意使用。在这个“对植物的破坏”中,这是依格表示原因,意思是:因为破坏植物的缘故,以切割植物等为条件而犯波逸提。所以,任何比丘,对于生长在地里、水里、墙上等任何地方、尚未干枯的草,哪怕极细的草,哪怕像芥子那么小的苔藓,用拔起、切割、刺穿等方式加以破坏,或者按照掘地学处所说的方式让别人破坏,就犯波逸提。
Bhūtagāmavaggassa paṭhame bhūtagāmapātabyatāyāti ettha bhavanti ahesuñcāti bhūtā, jāyanti vaḍḍhanti jātā vaḍḍhitā cāti attho. Gāmoti rāsi, bhūtānaṃ gāmo, bhūtā eva vā gāmoti bhūtagāmo, patiṭṭhitaharitatiṇarukkhādīnametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Pātabyassa bhāvo pātabyatā, chedanabhedanādīhi yathāruci paribhuñjitabbatāti attho, tassaṃ bhūtagāmapātabyatāya, nimittatthe cetaṃ bhummavacanaṃ, bhūtagāmapātabyatāhetu bhūtagāmassa chedanādipaccayā pācittiyanti attho. Tasmā yo bhikkhu pathaviudakapākārādīsu yatthakatthaci jātaṃ asukkhaṃ antamaso atisukhumatiṇampi sāsapabījakasevālampi uddharaṇacchedanavijjhanādīhi vikopeti vā pathavikhaṇane vuttanayena vikopāpeti vā pācittiyaṃ āpajjati.
这条戒是因为阿罗毗城的比丘们砍树的事情而制定的,属于共通戒,有教令。从植物体分离出来的根种子、茎种子、枝种子、节种子、种子之种子中任何一种,不管是放在容器里,还是堆成一堆,还是种在地里,只要长出了根,或者刚长出芽,如果它的叶子已经长到一拃长,或者根还没长出来、或者根虽然长出来了但芽还不是绿色的时候,破坏它,犯恶作。同样,对植物种子体有疑惑的,对不是植物种子体却想成是植物种子体的,以及有疑惑的,也犯恶作。但在两种情况下,如果想的不是那样,以及疯癫者等,则无犯。不是故意、失念、不知道而破坏的;没有指定“这棵树”而说“砍树、砍藤”等话的;以及说“请摘这朵花或这个果、请给这个、请拿这个、我需要这个、请把这个作净”的,都无犯。像这样,通过如法的言语从植物体分离出来的种子类,还必须再让它作净之后才能受用。这样,对他来说,种子体的免除也就完成了。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha rukkhachindanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, bhūtagāmato viyojitamūlabījakhandhabījaphalubījaaggabījabījabījānaṃ aññataraṃ bhājanagataṃ vā rāsikataṃ vā bhūmiyaṃ ropitampi nikkhantamūlamattaṃ vā nikkhantaaṅkuramattaṃ vā sacepissa vidatthimattā pattavaṭṭi niggacchati, anikkhante vā mūle nikkhante vā mūle yāva aṅkuro harito na hoti, tāva taṃ vikopentassa dukkaṭaṃ, tathā bhūtagāmabījagāme vematikassa, abhūtagāmabījagāme bhūtagāmabījagāmasaññino ceva vematikassa ca. Ubhayattha pana atathāsaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti, asañcicca asatiyā ajānitvā vā vikopentassa, ‘imaṃ rukkha’nti evaṃ aniyametvā ‘‘rukkhaṃ chinda, valliṃ chindā’’tiādīni bhaṇantassa, ‘‘imaṃ pupphaṃ vā phalaṃ vā jāna, imaṃ dehi, imaṃ āhara, iminā me attho, imaṃ kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti bhaṇantassa ca anāpatti. Evaṃ kappiyavacanena bhūtagāmato viyojitaṃ pana bījajātaṃ puna pi ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti kāretvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Evañhissa bījagāmaparimocanampi kataṃ hoti.
要做净的人,可以用火、指甲或刀来做。用火做的时候,用任何一种火碰到一个地方,说了“净”之后才能做。用刀做的时候,用任何锋利的刀,哪怕只是针、指甲刀之类的,用刀尖或刀刃刺一下或切一下,也同样要说“净”之后才能做。用指甲做的时候,除了牛、水牛等蹄子以外,用任何人或畜生身上没有腐烂的指甲,哪怕是指甲剪下来之后拿来用的,也按照刀的做法一样处理。这里面,即使种子堆得像山一样大,或者砍了一千棵树捆成一捆,或者把甘蔗绑成一大捆放在那里,只要在一粒种子、一根树枝或一根甘蔗上做了净,全部就算做净了。为了给甘蔗做净,刺穿和他们绑在一起的那块木头,是可以的。但如果刺穿的是绑着那捆东西的藤蔓,就不可以。把胡椒叶之类混在一起带来的饭,说“做净”的时候,即使刺到饭粒,也是可以的;芝麻和米粒也是同样的做法。但是放进粥里的那些东西不会聚成一团,这种情况下必须一个一个刺穿来做净。象耳果之类的,里面的果肉脱离果壳会移动,就要弄破之后再做净。如果果肉是连成一体的,在果壳上做净也可以。如果是幼嫩没有种子的果实,或者种子已经去掉可以受用的,那就不需要做净了。植物体、植物体想、破坏或令破坏,这里是三个条件。它的等起等,和掘地戒相似。
Kappiyaṃ karontena pana agginā vā nakhena vā satthena vā kattabbaṃ, agginā karontena ca yena kenaci agginā ekadese phusantena ‘kappiya’nti vatvāva kātabbaṃ. Satthena karontena yassa kassaci tikhiṇasatthassa antamaso sūcinakhacchedanādīnampi tuṇḍena vā dhārāya vā vedhaṃ vā chedaṃ vā dassentena tatheva kātabbaṃ. Nakhena karontena ṭhapetvā gomahiṃsādīnaṃ khure yena kenaci apūtinā manussānaṃ vā tiracchānānaṃ vā nakhena antamaso chinditvā āhaṭenāpi satthe vuttanayeneva kātabbaṃ. Tattha sacepi bījānaṃ pabbatamatto rāsi, rukkhasahassaṃ vā chinditvā ekābaddhaṃ, ucchūnaṃ vā mahābhāro bandhitvā ṭhapito hoti, ekasmiṃ bīje vā rukkhasākhāya vā ucchumhi vā kappiye kate sabbaṃ kataṃ hoti. Ucchuṃ ‘‘kappiyaṃ karissāmī’’ti tehi saddhiṃ baddhaṃ dārukaṃ vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva. Sace pana yāya valliyā bhāro baddho, taṃ vijjhati, na vaṭṭati. Maricapakkādīhi missetvā bhattaṃ āharanti, ‘‘kappiyaṃ karohī’’ti vutte sacepi bhattasitthe vijjhati, vaṭṭatiyeva, tilataṇḍulesupi eseva nayo. Yāguyā pakkhittāni pana ekābaddhāni hutvā na santiṭṭhanti, tattha ekekaṃ vijjhitvāva kātabbaṃ. Kapiṭṭhaphalādīnaṃ anto miñjaṃ kaṭāhaṃ muñcitvā sañcarati, bhindāpetvā kappiyaṃ kāretabbaṃ. Ekābaddhā ce, kaṭāhepi kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana phalaṃ taruṇaṃ hoti abījaṃ yañca nibbattabījaṃ bījaṃ apanetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ, tattha kappiyakaraṇakiccaṃ natthi. Bhūtagāmo, bhūtagāmasaññitā, vikopanaṃ vā vikopāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni pathavikhaṇanasadisānevāti.
2. 异语学处注释
2. Aññavādakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第二条学处中,持律者在僧团中间问某件事的实情,他却说别的事情,所以叫“异语者”——这是用别的说法来回避的名称。让人困扰,所以叫“困扰者”——这是以沉默来让人困扰的名称,针对那个异语者、困扰者。波逸提:在这两种情形上说了两种波逸提。因此,如果一位比丘犯了有余残的罪过,在僧团中间被审问时,不愿意说出那件事,用别的话来掩盖、遮掩,这样那样地推托,或者以沉默来让人困扰,对于这些人,世尊允许了异语羯磨和困扰羯磨。僧团作了那个羯磨之后,如果再那样做的人,就犯波逸提。
Dutiye yamatthaṃ saṅghamajjhe vinayadharo pucchati, tato aññaṃ vadatīti aññavādako, aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Vihesatīti vihesako, tuṇhībhāvassetaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmiṃ aññavādake vihesake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo bhikkhu sāvasesaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno saṅghamajjhe anuyuñjiyamāno taṃ na kathetukāmo aññena vacanena aññaṃ chādento tathā tathā vikkhipati, yo ca tuṇhībhāvena viheseti, tesaṃ yaṃ bhagavatā aññavādakakammañceva vihesakakammañca anuññātaṃ, tasmiṃ saṅghena kate puna tathā karontānaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因阐那长老而以异语相互回避之事制定。这是共通制定,没有命令也犯。在如法羯磨中,三时犯波逸提;在非法羯磨中,三时犯恶作。但对尚未被举罪的人,以异语或困扰方式这样做,只犯恶作。不知道自己已犯过失而问“你们在说什么”的人,因患病,或心想“僧团将会起纷争等,或将非法、别众、对不该受羯磨的人作羯磨”而因此不说的,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。以如法羯磨被举罪,因过失或事由被审问,想掩盖而以异语回避或保持沉默,这里是三个条件。其生起等与不与取相似,而这一条或属身行,或属非身行,并且是苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anāropite pana aññavādake vā vihesake vā tathā karontassa dukkaṭameva. Āpattiṃ āpannabhāvaṃ vā ajānantassa ‘‘kiṃ tumhe bhaṇathā’’ti pucchato, gelaññena vā, ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni vā bhavissanti, adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissantī’’ti iminā adhippāyena na kathentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammena āropitatā, āpattiyā vā vatthunā vā anuyuñjiyamānatā, chādetukāmatāya aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvo vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana siyā kiriyaṃ, siyā akiriyaṃ, dukkhavedanañca hotīti.
3. 讥嫌学处的注释
3. Ujjhāpanakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第三条学处中,如果有人用这样的话来让人嫌责——“某某因为贪欲而做了这件事”等等——说这些话是为了败坏那位受具足戒、已被僧团认可、负责分配卧具等事务的比丘的名声,想让比丘们轻视他、用轻蔑的眼光看他,或者把他看成低劣的人,那么这些话就叫“嫌责语”。如果同样这样说而抱怨,到处宣扬他的过失,那就叫“抱怨语”。在这嫌责和抱怨两种情况中,犯波逸提。这是针对两种事缘而说了两种波逸提。因此,如果有人为了败坏一位被认可的比丘的名声,而对一位受具足戒者说嫌责语或抱怨语,他就犯波逸提。
Tatiye yena vacanena ujjhāpenti ‘‘chandāya itthannāmo idaṃ nāma karotī’’tiādīni vadantā upasampannaṃ saṅghena sammataṃ senāsanapaññāpakādibhedaṃ tassa ayasakāmā hutvā bhikkhūhi avajānāpenti, avaññāya olokāpenti, lāmakato vā cintāpenti, taṃ vacanaṃ ujjhāpanakaṃ. Yena ca tatheva vadantā khiyyanti, sabbattha tassa avaṇṇaṃ pakāsenti, taṃ khiyyanakaṃ, tasmiṃ ujjhāpanake khiyyanake. Pācittiyanti vatthudvaye pācittiyadvayaṃ vuttaṃ. Tasmā yo sammatassa bhikkhuno ayasakāmatāya upasampannassa vadanto ujjhāpeti vā khiyyati vā, tassa pācittiyaṃ hoti.
在王舍城,针对美提亚地方出身的比丘们,因嫌责与抱怨的事缘而制定。这是共通制定,没有命令也犯。如果对那位已受具足戒的人作了认可羯磨,那么在如法羯磨中有三个波逸提,在非法羯磨中有三个恶作。然而,在未受具足戒的人面前这样说的,以及未被认可的人在任何人面前说其过失的,还有对未受具足戒的人——不论他被认可还是未被认可——在任何人面前说其过失的,都只犯恶作。对本来就因贪欲等而行事的人引起嫌责或抱怨,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。由如法羯磨而被认可、已受具足戒、没有趣向非道、想要说他的过失、在他面前说话的人是受具足戒者、引起嫌责或抱怨——这里共有六项要素。其生起等与不与取相似,但这个是苦受。
Rājagahe mettiyabhūmajake bhikkhū ārabbha ujjhāpanakhiyyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, yaṃ tassa upasampannassa sammutikammaṃ kataṃ, tasmiṃ dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anupasampannassa pana santike tathā bhaṇantassa, asammatassa ca avaṇṇaṃ yassa kassaci santike bhaṇantassa, anupasampannassa pana sammatassa vā asammatassa vā avaṇṇaṃ yassa kassacideva santike bhaṇantassa ca dukkaṭameva. Pakatiyāva chandādivasena karontaṃ ujjhāpentassa vā khiyyantassa vā, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammena sammatatā, upasampannatā, agatigamanābhāvo, tassa avaṇṇakāmatā, yassa santike vadati, tassa upasampannatā, ujjhāpanaṃ vā khiyyanaṃ vāti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
第一坐卧处学处的注释
4. Paṭhamasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,“属于僧团的”是指属于僧团的东西。在床等物品中,凡是按“床”这个类别做成的,全都算作床;座具也是这样。不过,如果用任何一种布,或者允许使用的皮革做面,除去人毛和塔利萨叶,再用各种毛、叶、草、树皮、布等填塞做成卧具,这就叫褥。在这上面可以坐也可以躺,而且这里没有尺寸限制。至于小座垫,是用树皮纤维、优尸罗草、文若草、灯心草等其中任何一种材料,向内卷起来绑好,上下铺开,形状像琵琶,中间围上狮皮等,这里没有不允许使用的皮革。卧具就算是金子做的,也可以用。关于露地:这里不被称为“雨季月份”的那八个月,除去之后,在其余四个月里,即使天没有下雨,也不可以在自然露地和漏雨的棚屋里铺设。如果某个地方冬季下雨,那之后的四个月也不可以铺设。夏季各地无云、天空清净,那时如果因为某些事务要出行,则可以用。但在乌鸦等经常栖息的树根处,任何时候都不可以。总之,在哪里、什么时候不可以铺设,应当知道这一切都归入这里所说的“露地”。
Catutthe saṅghikanti saṅghassa santakaṃ. Mañcādīsu yokoci mañcasaṅkhepena kato sabbopi mañcoyeva, pīṭhepi eseva nayo. Yena kenaci pana coḷena vā kappiyacammena vā chaviṃ katvā ṭhapetvā manussalomaṃ tālīsapattañca yehi kehici lomapaṇṇatiṇavākacoḷehi pūretvā katasenāsanaṃ bhisīti vuccati. Tattha nisīditumpi nipajjitumpi vaṭṭati, pamāṇaparicchedopi cettha natthi. Kocchaṃ pana vākausīramuñjapabbajādīnaṃ aññataramayaṃ anto saṃvellitvā baddhaṃ heṭṭhā ca upari ca vitthataṃ paṇavasaṇṭhānaṃ majjhe sīhacammādiparikkhittaṃ hoti, akappiyacammaṃ nāmettha natthi. Senāsanañhi sovaṇṇamayampi vaṭṭati. Ajjhokāseti ettha ye avassikasaṅketā vassānamāsāti evaṃ asaññitā aṭṭha māsā, te ṭhapetvā itaresu catūsu māsesu sacepi devo na vassati. Tathāpi pakatiajjhokāse ca ovassakamaṇḍape ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati. Yattha pana hemante vassati, tattha aparepi cattāro māse na vaṭṭati. Gimhe pana sabbattha vigatavalāhakaṃ visuddhaṃ nabhaṃ hoti, tasmā tadā kenacideva karaṇīyena gacchati, vaṭṭati. Kākādīnaṃ nibaddhavāsarukkhamūle pana kadācipi na vaṭṭati. Iti yattha ca yadā ca santharituṃ na vaṭṭati, taṃ sabbamidha ajjhokāsasaṅkhameva gatanti veditabbaṃ.
“铺设后”是指在那样一个地方,为自己或为他人铺设好之后。因为即使是为别人铺设的,只要那个人还没在那里坐下,或者还没说“你走吧”,那么负担仍然属于铺设者本人。“令人铺设后”是指让未受具足戒的人铺设好之后。因为正是这件事成为他的障碍;如果是受具足戒的人铺设的,负担仍然属于铺设者本人,而且只要命令者还没在那里坐下,或者还没说“你走吧”,就一直是这样。因为凡是自己令人铺设的,或者原本就铺设好的,受具足戒的人在那里坐下,那一切都只是坐下者的负担,因此才说“令人铺设后”。要离开时,他既不应自己收起,也不应令人收起,即不应自己收起后放在合适的地方,也不应让别人那样做。或者不告而别:若有比丘、沙弥或净人知惭,认为这是自己的障碍,不告而别,未将那住处交付给那人,无所顾恋地离去,越过强壮中等男子的掷石距离,那么他一只脚越过掷石距离时犯突吉罗,第二只脚越过时犯波逸提。然而,若站在食堂里,派人去说“在某处白昼住处铺设好后你就走吧”,然后从那里出来到别处去,则应按脚抬起(越界)来判。
Santharitvāti tathārūpe ṭhāne attano vā parassa vā atthāya santharitvā. Aññassatthāya santhatampi hi yāva so tattha na nisīdati, ‘gaccha tva’nti vā na bhaṇati, tāva santhārakasseva bhāro. Santharāpetvāti anupasampannena santharāpetvā. Etadeva hi tassa palibodho hoti, upasampannena santhataṃ santhārakasseva bhāro, tañca kho yāva āṇāpako tattha na nisīdati, ‘gaccha tva’nti vā na bhaṇati. Yasmiñhi attanā santharāpite vā pakatisanthate vā upasampanno nisīdati, sabbaṃ taṃ nisinnasseva bhāro, tasmā santharāpitantveva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Taṃ pakkamanto neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyyāti attanā vā uddharitvā patirūpe ṭhāne na ṭhapeyya, parena vā tathā na kārāpeyya. Anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyyāti yo bhikkhu vā sāmaṇero vā ārāmiko vā lajjī hoti, attano palibodhaṃ viya maññati, tathārūpaṃ anāpucchitvā taṃ senāsanaṃ tassa aniyyātetvā nirapekkho gacchati, thāmamajjhimassa purisassa leḍḍupātaṃ atikkameyya, tassa ekena pādena leḍḍupātātikkame dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapādātikkame pācittiyaṃ. Bhojanasālāya ṭhito pana ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma divāvihāraṭṭhāne paññapetvā gacchāhī’’ti pesetvā tato nikkhamitvā aññattha gacchanto pāduddhārena kāretabbo.
在舍卫城,因为众多比丘把已经铺好的卧具收起来后,没有告诉别人就离开的事情,所以制定了这条戒。这是共通制定的戒,不需要别人请求才制定,犯的是三波逸提;如果是在个人物品上犯的,就是三恶作。如果把草席、铺在上面的布、地垫、茅草垫、皮革片、擦脚布、木板凳,或者任何别的木器、陶器,甚至只是钵架,放在前面说的那种露地上然后走开,就只是犯恶作。不过,如果是住在林子里的人,在没有避雨处的时候,把所有东西都绑在树上,或者做好防白蚁的处理,这样弄好之后再走,是可以的。如果是住在露地上的人,就应该把衣和小屋守护好。如果是自己的东西,或者是在可以信任的人那里,把东西收起来之后再走,或者把东西沉下去,或者想着“我回来再收”而离开,或者被年长的人叫起来,或者有非人坐在那里,或者有某个有权势的人拿走,或者狮子等来到那个地方停留——像这样,卧具就成了障碍。对于这样成为障碍的卧具,或者遇到危及生命和梵行的灾难时离开,以及疯狂的人等等,都不犯。床等属于僧团的东西,在前面说的那种地方铺设或让人铺设,没有障碍,没有灾难,没有执著,超过扔一块土块的距离,这就是这里的六个条件。起因等和初咖提那一样,不过这里是作与不作的区别。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha santhataṃ anuddharitvā anāpucchaṃ pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, cimilikaṃ vā uttarattharaṇaṃ vā bhūmattharaṇaṃ vā taṭṭikaṃ vā cammakkhaṇḍaṃ vā pādapuñchanaṃ vā phalakapīṭhaṃ vā yaṃ vā panaññaṃ kañci dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍaṃ antamaso pattādhārakampi vuttalakkhaṇe ajjhokāse ṭhapetvā gacchantassa dukkaṭameva. Āraññakena pana asati anovassake sabbaṃ rukkhe laggetvāpi yathā vā upacikāhi na khajjati, evaṃ katvāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati. Abbhokāsikena pana cīvarakuṭikaṃ katvāpi rakkhitabbaṃ. Attano santake, vissāsikapuggalike, uddharaṇādīni katvā gamane, otāpentassa, ‘‘āgantvā uddharissāmī’’ti gacchato, vuḍḍhatarā uṭṭhāpenti, amanusso tattha nisīdati, koci issaro gaṇhāti, sīhādayo taṃ ṭhānaṃ āgantvā tiṭṭhanti, evaṃ senāsanaṃ palibuddhaṃ hoti, tathā palibuddhe vā senāsane, jīvitabrahmacariyantarāyakarāsu āpadāsu vā gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mañcādīnaṃ saṅghikatā, vuttalakkhaṇe dese santharaṇaṃ vā santharāpanaṃ vā, apalibuddhatā, āpadāya abhāvo, nirapekkhatā, leḍḍupātātikkamoti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
5. 第二住处学处注释
5. Dutiyasenāsanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“住于”:就是住在胎房,或者别的完全围蔽的、前面说过的住处。“卧具”就是:褥、草席、复上物、地敷、茅草席、皮革块、坐具、铺盖、草敷、叶敷,这就是所说的十种。其中,草席是为了保护已经整治过的地面的颜色而铺设的。复上物是应该铺在床、凳等上面的铺盖。地敷是在有草席时铺在草席上面,没有草席时就直接铺在干净地面上,比如毛布之类的截割物。茅草席是用棕榈叶等编成的席子。皮革块就是任何皮革;即使是狮子皮等,也只是用作围护;在受用卧具时,并没有所谓不合规矩的皮革。铺盖就是毛毯、粗毛布之类,其余的都容易明白。在这十种卧具中,比丘拿任何一种属于自己的雨季卧具,在具有所说特征的住处铺好或叫人铺好后,如果他要前往他方,却没有按照“放置的东西不被白蚁蛀蚀”的方式收起来,也没有叫人收起来,又不按前面戒条所说的方式禀告就离去,那么:对于有围界的园子,越过它的围界;对于没有围界的,越过它的近界——每跨第一步犯恶作,第二步犯波逸提。不过,在没有白蚁蛀蚀疑虑的地方,即使不禀告也可以离去,但禀告是常规做法。
Pañcame vihāreti gabbhe vā aññatarasmiṃ vā sabbaparicchanne vuttasenāsane. Seyyanti seyyā nāma bhisī cimilikā uttarattharaṇaṃ bhūmattharaṇaṃ taṭṭikā cammakkhaṇḍo nisīdanaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ tiṇasanthāro paṇṇasanthāroti vuttaṃ. Tattha cimilikā nāma parikammakatāya bhūmiyā vaṇṇānurakkhaṇatthaṃ katā. Uttarattharaṇaṃ nāma mañcapīṭhādīnaṃ upari attharitabbayuttakaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ. Bhūmattharaṇaṃ nāma cimilikāya sati tassā upari, asati suddhabhūmiyaṃ attharitabbā kaṭasārakādi vikati. Taṭṭikā nāma tālapaṇṇādīhi katataṭṭikā. Cammakkhaṇḍo nāma yaṃkiñci cammaṃ, sīhacammādīnañhi pariharaṇeyeva parikkhepo, senāsanaparibhoge pana akappiyacammaṃ nāma natthi. Paccattharaṇaṃ nāma pāvāro kojavoti ettakameva, sesaṃ pākaṭameva. Iti imāsu dasasu seyyāsu ekampi seyyaṃ attano vassaggena gahetvā vuttalakkhaṇe vihāre santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā yo bhikkhu disaṃgamiko yathā ṭhapitaṃ upacikāhi na khajjati, tathā ṭhapanavasena neva uddhareyya, na uddharāpeyya, purimasikkhāpade vuttanayena anāpucchaṃ vā gaccheyya, tassa parikkhittassa ārāmassa parikkhepaṃ, aparikkhittassa upacāraṃ atikkamantassa paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ. Yattha pana upacikāsaṅkā natthi, tato anāpucchāpi gantuṃ vaṭṭati, āpucchanaṃ pana vattaṃ.
在舍卫城,因十七群比丘在僧团精舍里铺好卧具后,既不收起来,也不禀告就离开,针对这件事而制定。这是共通制定,不是应个别请求而制;若涉及僧团住处,犯三聚波逸提;若涉及个人住处,犯三聚恶作。不过,对于具备上述特征的住处,在它的近界之外,如果在附近的集会堂、没有围障的茅棚、有围障的茅棚,或者许多人聚集的树下,自己铺或叫人铺卧具;又或者在住处及同类住处的近界内,自己铺或叫人铺床凳之后,不做收起等事就离去,那就只犯恶作。如果是在自己的东西上、在可信赖的私人处所,已经做了收起等事,按照前面同样的方式,把障碍物丢下后离去;或者心想“我今天回来后再整理”,带着这样的牵挂,到了河对岸或其他村子,就在那里生起要走的心,于是停在原地派人去禀告;或者因为河水暴涨、国王、盗贼等障碍,没办法回来;还有在危难时,以及疯狂者等情况下,都无犯。这里一共有七个条件:所说的那种卧具、它属于僧团、在所说的那种住处自己铺或叫人铺、没有障碍、没有危难、无牵挂者前往他方、越过近界。起因等项,和后面那条学处所说的一样。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha saṅghike vihāre seyyaṃ santharitvā anuddharitvā anāpucchā pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttalakkhaṇassa pana vihārassa upacāre bahi āsanne upaṭṭhānasālāya vā aparicchannamaṇḍape vā paricchanne vāpi bahūnaṃ sannipātabhūte rukkhamūle vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā, mañcapīṭhañca vihāre vā vuttappakāre vihārūpacāre vā santharitvā vā santharāpetvā vā uddharaṇādīni akatvā gacchantassa dukkaṭameva. Attano santake, vissāsikapuggalike, uddharaṇādīni katvā, purimanayeneva palibuddhaṃ chaḍḍetvā gamane, yo ca ‘‘ajjeva āgantvā paṭijaggissāmī’’ti evaṃ sāpekkho nadipāraṃ vā gāmantaraṃ vā gantvā yatthassa gamanacittaṃ uppannaṃ, tattheva ṭhito kañci pesetvā vā āpucchati, nadipūrarājacorādīsu vā kenaci palibuddho na sakkoti paccāgantuṃ, tassa ca, āpadāsu ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇaseyyā , tassā saṅghikatā, vuttalakkhaṇe vihāre santharaṇaṃ vā santharāpanaṃ vā, apalibuddhatā, āpadāya abhāvo, anapekkhassa disāpakkamanaṃ , upacārasīmātikkamoti imānettha satta aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayānevāti.
第六、侵入学处的注释
6. Anupakhajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“知”是指了知“此人是不可挤迫的”。因此,在释词中说:“知是长老”“知是病人”“知是僧团所给的”。长老因为年长,所以不可挤迫;病人因为生病,所以不可挤迫;而僧团则是考虑到掌库者、说法者、持律者、教团诵经师等人对僧团多有利益、功德殊胜,为了让他们常住,经过考量住处后正式委任而给予,所以僧团所给的人也不可挤迫。“先已进入”是指先前已经入住。“侵入”是指进入床凳,或进入那位比丘进出时的近处。其中,对于床凳,在大寺中四周一肘半为近处,在小寺中则从所能及之处起一肘半为近处;而那位比丘进入时,从洗脚石到床凳,出去时从床凳到大小便处,这其间为近处。“欲挤卧”是指想要挤迫,如果在这个近处内敷设或让人敷设十种卧具中的任何一种,则犯恶作;在其中坐下或躺下,则犯波逸提;两者都做,则犯两个波逸提;反复做,则按次数计算波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe jānanti ‘‘anuṭṭhāpanīyo aya’’nti jānanto, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘vuḍḍho’ti jānāti, ‘gilāno’ti jānāti, ‘saṅghena dinno’ti jānātī’’ti (pāci. 121) vuttaṃ. Vuḍḍho hi attano vuḍḍhatāya anuṭṭhāpanīyo, gilāno gilānatāya, saṅgho pana bhaṇḍāgārikassa vā dhammakathikavinayadharagaṇavācakācariyānaṃ vā bahūpakārataṃ guṇavisiṭṭhatañca sallakkhetvā dhuvavāsatthāya vihāraṃ sallakkhetvā sammannitvā deti, tasmā yassa saṅghena dinno, sopi anuṭṭhāpanīyo. Pubbupagatanti pubbaṃ upagataṃ. Anupakhajjāti mañcapīṭhānaṃ vā tassa vā bhikkhuno pavisantassa vā nikkhamantassa vā upacāraṃ anupavisitvā. Tattha mañcapīṭhānaṃ tāva mahallake vihāre samantā diyaḍḍho hattho upacāro, khuddake yato pahoti, tato diyaḍḍho hattho , tassa pana pavisantassa pādadhovanapāsāṇato yāva mañcapīṭhaṃ, nikkhamantassa mañcapīṭhato yāva passāvaṭṭhānaṃ, tāva upacāro. Seyyaṃ kappeyyāti tassa sambādhaṃ kattukāmatāya tasmiṃ upacāre dasasu seyyāsu ekampi santharantassa vā santharāpentassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tattha nisīdantassa vā nipajjantassa vā pācittiyaṃ, dvepi karontassa dve pācittiyāni, punappunaṃ karontassa payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定:关于进入后铺设卧具一事。这是共通制定,不是命令式的,犯三条波逸提;涉及个人的,犯三条恶作。不论是从所说的近处之外,还是在集会堂等处,或是在精舍的近处范围内,铺设或让人铺设、坐下或躺下,都只是恶作。不过,在自己的地方或可信赖者的地方,在精舍里铺设;或者病人被冷热所逼而进入;以及在这些情况下,遇到灾难时,对精神失常者等,则无犯。僧团精舍的性质、知道是不可移开的性质、想要挤迫的意图、在近处坐下或躺下——这里就是这四个要素。等起等与第一条波罗夷相同,但这个是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha anupakhajja seyyakappanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttūpacārato vā bahi, upaṭṭhānasālādike vā, vihārassa upacāre vā, santharaṇasantharāpanesupi nisajjasayanesupi dukkaṭameva. Attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santake pana vihāre santharantassa, yo ca gilāno vā sītuṇhapīḷito vā pavisati, tassa ca, āpadāsu ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghikavihāratā, anuṭṭhāpanīyabhāvajānanaṃ, sambādhetukāmatā, upacāre nisīdanaṃ vā nipajjanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāneva, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
7. 驱出学处注释
7. Nikkaḍḍhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七条的“愤怒”就是生气。“不悦”就是心里不高兴。“若拖出或令拖出者,波逸提”:在这里,如果有那些多层的殿堂、多角楼阁或四合院,在这样的坐卧处,抓住他之后不在中途停下,用同一个动作让他越过,就犯一个波逸提;如果停一停、停一停,用各种不同的动作让他越过,就按门的数量犯波逸提。不亲手碰他,只说“出去”,用言语把他拖出去,也是同样的规则。而令别人拖出者,仅仅在说出“拖出”这个命令时,就犯恶作;但一次命令之后,即使那人从多个门出去,下令的人也只犯一个波逸提。不过,如果被命令的是“你从这么多门出去”,或者“你出去,直到大门”,这样限定之后下的命令,就按门的数量犯波逸提。
Sattame kupitoti kuddho. Anattamanoti atuṭṭhacitto. Nikkaḍḍheyya vā nikkaḍḍhāpeyya vā pācittiyanti ettha ye anekabhūmakā pāsādā, anekakoṭṭhakāni vā catussālāni, tādisesu senāsanesu gahetvā antarā aṭṭhapetvā ekeneva payogena atikkāmentassa ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, ṭhapetvā ṭhapetvā nānāpayogehi atikkāmentassa dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni, hatthena anāmasitvā ‘nikkhamā’ti vatvā vācāya nikkaḍḍhantassāpi eseva nayo. Nikkaḍḍhāpentassa pana ‘nikkaḍḍhā’ti āṇattamatte dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇatte pana tasmiṃ bahukepi dvāre nikkhamante itarassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ettakāni dvārāni nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā, ‘‘yāva mahādvāraṃ, tāva nikkaḍḍhāhī’’ti vā evaṃ niyametvā āṇatto hoti, dvāragaṇanāya pācittiyāni.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而起,涉及把比丘从僧团精舍赶出去这件事。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhikkhuṃ saṅghikā vihārā nikkaḍḍhanavatthusmiṃ
这是共通制定的,带有命令性质,犯三条波逸提;如果针对个人,则犯三条恶作。把那个人的资具拖出去,或者从集会堂等精舍附属区域、从精舍或精舍附属区域把那个人或那个人的资具拖出去,或者对未受具足戒的人、或未受具足戒者的资具,从精舍或精舍附属区域拖出或叫人拖出,都只是恶作。而且,这要在资具没有绑在一起的情况下,按资具的件数来理解。如果是把自己或信任之人的东西从精舍拖出去,或者从整个僧园把争吵制造者或他的资具拖出或叫人拖出,或者从自己的住处把无耻者、精神失常者、行为不正的弟子或同住者以及他们的资具拖出,还有自己面对精神失常者等人时,都不犯。僧团精舍、受具足戒者没有争吵制造等情形、以嗔心拖出或叫人拖出,这里是三个构成要素。它的等起等与不与取相似,但这个是苦受。
Paññattaṃ , sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, tassa parikkhāranikkaḍḍhane, upaṭṭhānasālādikā vihārūpacārā tassa vā tassa parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane, anupasampannassa pana anupasampannaparikkhārassa vā vihārā vā vihārūpacārā vā nikkaḍḍhane nikkaḍḍhāpane ca dukkaṭameva. Tañca kho asambaddhesu parikkhāresu parikkhāragaṇanāya veditabbaṃ. Attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santakā vihārā nikkaḍḍhane, sakalasaṅghārāmatopi bhaṇḍanakārakassa vā tassa parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane nikkaḍḍhāpane vā, attano vasanaṭṭhānato alajjissa, ummattakassa, na sammāvattantānaṃ antevāsikasaavihārikānaṃ, tesaṃ parikkhārassa vā nikkaḍḍhane ca, sayaṃ ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghikavihāro , upasampannassa bhaṇḍanakārakabhāvādivinimuttatā, kopena nikkaḍḍhanaṃ vā nikkaḍḍhāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
8. 空中小屋学处的注释
8. Vehāsakuṭisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八,“上层空中阁楼”是指上方有覆盖地面的二层阁楼或三层阁楼。不过在分别解说中,为了指明这里所说的阁楼,引了“中等身材的人头不碰到”这句话。“有踵足床”是指把床脚插入孔里安装的床。“若坐”是指压上去、覆盖上去而坐;这里也可以理解为表示处所的受格,意思是在床上或椅子上坐或躺。这里的“abhi”只是让词形好看的一个前缀。所以,如果比丘在具备上述特征的空中阁楼里,以最低标准来说——也就是中等身材的人完全不会被下面的横梁碰到头——在这样高度的横梁上方放置的有踵足床或椅子上坐或躺,他就按照“侵入学处”所说的方式,按加行的次数犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uparivehāsakuṭiyāti upari acchannatalāya dvibhūmikakuṭiyā vā tibhūmikakuṭiyā vā, padabhājane pana idha adhippetaṃ kuṭiṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘majjhimassa purisassa asīsaghaṭṭā’’ti (pāci. 131) vuttaṃ. Āhaccapādakanti aṅge vijjhitvā pavesitapādakaṃ. Abhinisīdeyyāti abhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā nisīdeyya, bhummatthe vā etaṃ upayogavacanaṃ, mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdeyya vā nipajjeyya vāti attho. Abhīti idaṃ pana padasobhaṇatthe upasaggamattameva, tasmā yo bhikkhu vuttalakkhaṇāya vehāsakuṭiyā sabbantimena paricchedena yāva pamāṇamajjhimassa purisassa sabbaso heṭṭhimāhi tulāhi sīsaṃ na ghaṭṭeti, ettakaṃ uccāya tulānaṃ upari ṭhapite āhaccapādake mañce vā pīṭhe vā nisīdati vā nipajjati vā, tassa anupakhajjasikkhāpade vuttanayena payogagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因为一位比丘,制定这条学处:事情是在上层阁楼里,突然坐到或躺到有插脚(榫接脚)的床或椅子上。这是共通的制定,不是因他人教诫而制。犯三条波逸提;若属于个人所有物,则犯三条恶作。无犯的情况:在自己或可信赖者的精舍里,不是空中阁楼,头不会碰到;或者下方因为堆放了木材等物而不能使用;或者上层铺了木板、用石灰等处理过,在那里坐到有插脚的床上;如果有人站在那空中阁楼的有插脚床上拿东西或挂东西;或者已经给了踏板,楔子插在床脚顶端之上,在那里坐;以及精神失常者等,无犯。僧团精舍、头碰不到的空中阁楼、下方可以使用、在没有给踏板的有插脚床上坐或躺——这里是四个要素。等起等与羊毛学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha uparivehāsakuṭiyā āhaccapādakaṃ mañcaṃ pīṭhaṃ sahasā abhinisīdanaabhinipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, puggalike tikadukkaṭaṃ, attano vā, vissāsikassa vā santake vihāre, avehāsakuṭiyā, sīsaghaṭṭāya, yassa vā heṭṭhā dabbasambhārādīnaṃ nikkhittattā aparibhogaṃ hoti, uparitalaṃ vā padarasañcitaṃ sudhādiparikammakataṃ vā, tattha āhaccapādake nisīdantassa, yo ce tasmiṃ vehāsaṭṭhepi āhaccapādake ṭhito kiñci gaṇhāti vā laggati vā, yassa ca paṭāṇī dinnā hoti, pādasīsānaṃ upari āṇī pavesitā, tattha nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghiko vihāro, asīsaghaṭṭā vehāsakuṭi, heṭṭhā saparibhogaṃ , apaṭāṇidinne āhaccapādake nisīdanaṃ vā nipajjanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
9. 大住处学处之解释
9. Mahallakavihārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条。“大”是指有主人的。“住所”是指已经涂抹过灰泥的。“直到门闩范围”这里,所谓门闩范围,按最大范围来说,是从门框连接处起算,周围两肘半的地方。“为了安放门闩”是为了让带门扇的门框保持不动。因为门扇很轻,转动灵活,打开的时候会撞到墙壁,关上的时候会撞到门框。因为这种撞击,墙壁会震动,泥土就松动了,松动之后要么变松要么掉下来。所以世尊说“直到门闩范围,为了安放门闩”。在这里,虽然在论母和分别解说里都没有说“这个应该做”,但在事缘部分,因为提到“他让人反复覆盖,反复涂抹”(波逸提134),所以应该这样理解:直到门闩范围,为了安放门闩,应该反复涂抹或让人涂抹。“为了处理采光缝隙”这里,所谓采光缝隙,指的是窗户的窗扇。它们打开的时候,会撞到一拃甚至更远的墙面区域。而在这里,周围各个方向都有这种情况。所以这里的用意是:在所有方向上,应该涂抹或让人涂抹与窗扇宽度相等的区域,用来处理采光缝隙。
Navame mahallakanti sassāmikaṃ. Vihāranti ullittāvallittaṃ. Yāva dvārakosātiettha dvārakoso nāma ukkaṭṭhaparicchedena piṭṭhasaṅghāṭassa sāmantā aḍḍhateyyahattho padeso. Aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyāti sakavāṭakassa dvārabandhassa niccalabhāvatthāya. Kavāṭañhi lahuparivattakaṃ vivaraṇakāle bhittiṃ āhanati, pidahanakāle dvārabandhaṃ. Tena āhanena bhitti kampati, tato mattikā calati, calitvā sithilā vā hoti patati vā, tenāha bhagavā ‘‘yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāyā’’ti. Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘idaṃ nāma kattabba’’nti neva mātikāyaṃ, na padabhājane vuttaṃ, aṭṭhuppattiyaṃ pana ‘‘punappunaṃ chādāpesi, punappunaṃ lepāpesī’’ti (pāci. 134) adhikārato yāva dvārakosā aggaḷaṭṭhapanāya punappunaṃ limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Ālokasandhiparikammāyātiettha ālokasandhīti vātapānakavāṭakā vuccanti. Te vivaraṇakāle vidatthimattampi atirekampi bhittippadesaṃ paharanti, upacāro panettha sabbadisāsu labbhati, tasmā sabbadisāsu kavāṭavitthārappamāṇo okāso ālokasandhiparikammatthāya limpitabbo vā lepāpetabbo vāti ayamettha adhippāyo.
像这样,在说明了涂抹工作应当怎么做之后,现在为了说明屋顶应当怎么做,就说了“二重或三重屋顶”等话。其中,“二重或三重屋顶的轮次”是指屋顶的二重轮次或三重轮次;“轮次”叫做覆盖层,意思是应当决定为二重覆盖或三重覆盖。“站在无作物处”是指站在没有作物的地方。这里所说的“作物”,包括七种谷物等各类早熟作物,以及绿豆、黑豆、芝麻、扁豆、葫芦、南瓜等各类晚熟作物。即使那些在田里播下后还没有成熟,但等到雨季来临就会成熟的,也算作物。所以,站在那种地方作决定,就犯恶作。对于站在无作物处作决定的人,也有这样的界限:有一个人坐在屋脊或尖顶阁楼的旁边,顺着屋顶边缘向下看,当他看到比丘所站的那块地面,而站在下面的比丘同样抬头也能看见上面坐着的人时,就应当站在那个范围内;在这个范围以内,即使是无作物的地方,也不允许站。如果超出这个范围——在以条状结构覆盖时,超过三条;在以轮次覆盖时,超过三轮次;在以砖、石、灰泥覆盖时,超过砖、石、灰泥的块数;在以草、叶覆盖时,超过叶数和草把数——就犯波逸提。
Evaṃ lepakamme yaṃ kattabbaṃ, taṃ dassetvā idāni chadane kattabbaṃ dassetuṃ dvatticchadanassātiādimāha. Tattha dvatticchadanassa pariyāyanti chadanassa dvattipariyāyaṃ, pariyāyaṃ vuccati parikkhepo, parikkhepadvayaṃ vā parikkhepattayaṃ vā adhiṭṭhātabbanti attho. Appaharite ṭhitenāti aharite ṭhitena. Haritanti cettha sattadhaññādibhedaṃ pubbaṇṇaṃ, muggamāsatilakulatthaalābukumbhaṇḍādibhedañca aparaṇṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Yaṃ tasmiṃ khette vuttaṃ na tāva sampajjati, vasse pana patite sampajjissati, tampi haritasaṅkhameva gacchati. Tasmā tasmiṃ ṭhatvā adhiṭṭhahanto dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati. Appaharite ṭhatvā adhiṭṭhahantassāpi ayaṃ paricchedo, piṭṭhivaṃsassa vā kūṭāgārathūpikāya vā passe nisinno puriso chadanamukhavaṭṭiantena olokento yasmiṃ bhūmibhāge ṭhitaṃ bhikkhuṃ passati, yasmiñca ṭhito taṃ upari nisinnakaṃ tatheva ullokento passati, tasmiṃ ṭhātabbaṃ, tassa anto aharitepi ṭhātuṃ na labhati. Tato ce uttarīti maggena chādiyamāne tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ, pariyāyena chādiyamāne tiṇṇaṃ pariyāyānaṃ upari iṭṭhakasilāsudhāhi chādiyamāne iṭṭhakasilāsudhāpiṇḍagaṇanāya, tiṇapaṇṇehi chādiyamāne paṇṇagaṇanāya ceva tiṇamuṭṭhigaṇanāya ca pācittiyaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因阐那长老一事,针对再三让人覆盖、让人涂抹的情形而制定。这是共通制定,不是个别指令,属于三波逸提。对不足二重或三重轮次而误以为超出,或心存疑惑的,犯恶作。在涂白等处理时,若在二重或三重轮次、或不足二重或三重轮次的情况下,在岩洞、山洞、草屋等处,为他人而做,或用自己的财物让人建造,除了自己的住处之外,对其他处所加以规定;以及对于疯癫者等,无犯。大屋性质、自己住处性质、超出规定,是这里的三项要素。其等起等项,与媒嫁戒中所说相同。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha punappunaṃ chādāpanalepāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnadvattipariyāye atirekasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Setavaṇṇādikaraṇe, dvattipariyāye vā ūnakadvattipariyāye vā, leṇaguhātiṇakuṭikādīsu, aññassatthāya, attano dhanena kārentassa, vāsāgāraṃ ṭhapetvā sesāni adhiṭṭhahantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mahallakavihāratā, attano vāsāgāratā, uttari adhiṭṭhānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcaritte vuttanayānevāti.
10. 有生物水学处注释
10. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十,知道“有生物”:就是看见、听说,或者用任何方式知道“这水里有生物”。自己浇或者叫人浇:就是用那水自己浇,或者命令别人去浇。这里面,如果不停地浇,一罐水只犯一个罪;如果断断续续地浇,就按每次动作算,犯多个罪。把水引到沟渠里,就算流一整天,也只犯一个罪。如果在各处堵住水再引到别处,就按每次动作算,犯多个罪。一次把很多草、叶子、树枝等丢进水里,只犯一个罪;一根一根地丢,就按每次动作算,犯多个罪。而且这是针对丢进去以后水会被用光或者变浑浊、导致生物死亡的那种情况说的,不是指大量的水。命令别人浇的时候,下命令就犯恶作;就算一次命令浇很多水,下命令的人也只犯一个波逸提。
Dasame jānaṃ sappāṇakanti ‘‘sappāṇakaṃ eta’’nti disvā vā sutvā vā yena kenaci ākārena jānanto. Siñceyya vā siñcāpeyya vāti tena udakena sayaṃ vā siñceyya, aññaṃ vā āṇāpetvā siñcāpeyya. Tattha dhāraṃ avicchinditvā siñcantassa ekasmiṃ ghaṭe ekāva āpatti, vicchindantassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Mātikaṃ pamukhaṃ karoti, divasampi sandatu, ekāva āpatti. Tattha tattha bandhitvā aññato nentassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Bahukampi tiṇapaṇṇasākhādiṃ ekappayogena udake pakkhipantassa ekāva āpatti, ekekaṃ pakkhipantassa payogagaṇanāya āpattiyo. Idañca yaṃ evaṃ pakkhipiyamāne pariyādānaṃ gacchati, āvilaṃ vā hoti, yathā pāṇakā maranti, tādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na mahāudakaṃ. Siñcāpane āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, ekāṇattiyā bahukampi siñcatu, āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ.
在阿罗毗,以阿罗毗的比丘们为缘,针对洒水一事而制定。这是共通制定,属于教令。对没有生命的(水)作有生命的想,或对两者都有疑惑,犯恶作。作没有生命的想,不是故意、因失念而洒,或不知情,以及疯癫者等,无犯。水中有生命、知道“洒水会使那些生命死去”、而且那水确实如此、没有杀心而以任何方式洒在草等上面,这里是四个要素。其等起等与不与取相似,但这是制教犯,有三种心、三种受。
Āḷaviyaṃ āḷavake bhikkhū ārabbha siñcanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ , appāṇake sappāṇakasaññino, ubhosu vematikassa dukkaṭaṃ. Appāṇakasaññino, asañcicca assatiyā vā siñcantassa, ajānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Udakassa sappāṇakatā, ‘‘siñcanena pāṇakā marissantī’’ti jānanaṃ, tañca udakaṃ tādisameva, vinā vadhakacetanāya yena kenaci karaṇīyena tiṇādīnaṃ siñcananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
教诫学处的解释
1. Ovādasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
教诫品第一则中,“未获认可者”:世尊以白四羯磨(波逸提146)开许授予具足八法的比丘教诫比丘尼的认可,而他没有获得这种认可。“应当教诫”:对比丘尼僧团、或对众多比丘尼、或对一位比丘尼,以教诫的方式宣说“即使受具足戒百年的比丘尼,也应当对当天受具足戒的比丘行礼拜、起迎、合掌、恭敬”等八敬法(小品403),这就是教诫。波逸提:教诫说完时,就犯波逸提。
Ovādavaggassa paṭhame asammatoti yā aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatassa bhikkhuno bhagavatā ñatticatutthena kammena (pāci. 146) bhikkhunovādakasammuti anuññātā, tāya asammato. Ovadeyyāti bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ vā sambahulā vā ekaṃ bhikkhuniṃ vā ‘‘vassasatūpasampannāya bhikkhuniyā tadahupasampannassa bhikkhuno abhivādanaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ añjalikammaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ kātabba’’nti ādike (cūḷava. 403) aṭṭha garudhamme ovādavasena osārento ovadeyya. Pācittiyanti ovādapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘而制定,属于不共的制立,不是命令性的;如果以八重法以外的法来教诫比丘尼,或者教诫仅仅受了具足戒还不圆满的比丘尼,犯恶作。即使是被认可的人,如果那个认可羯磨是非法羯磨,他对那个非法羯磨作非法想,在别众的比丘尼僧团中教诫,犯三波逸提;对非法羯磨有疑惑、对非法羯磨作法想的,也同样,合起来是九波逸提;即使是在和合的比丘尼僧团等情形下,以非法羯磨的方式教诫,则有十八波逸提。但如果那个羯磨是法羯磨,那么把“于法羯磨作法想,于和合的比丘尼僧团作和合想而教诫”这最后一句放在一边,按照同样的方式有十七恶作;说“尊者们,僧团和合”时却说别的法,说“尊者们,僧团别众”时却说八重法,以及没有交付教诫而说别的法,都只是犯恶作。但如果比丘于法羯磨作法想,于和合的比丘尼僧团作和合想而教诫,授与八重法诵本,作遍问,被说“尊者,请令入”时令入,被问问题时解说,为比丘尼众听法时讲说其他事,或者为在学尼、沙弥尼说法,对他以及疯癫者等,都无犯。未得认可、比丘尼圆满受具足戒、以教诫说八重法,这是这里的三要素。等起等与句净戒相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, aññena vā dhammena bhikkhunīsu upasampannamattaṃ vā ovadato dukkaṭaṃ. Sammatassāpi tañce sammutikammaṃ adhammakammaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ adhammakamme adhammakammasaññino vagge bhikkhunisaṅghe ovadato tikapācittiyaṃ, tathā vematikassa dhammakammasaññino cāti nava pācittiyāni, samaggepi bhikkhunisaṅghena vāti adhammakammavasena aṭṭhārasa. Sace pana taṃ dhammakammaṃ hoti, ‘‘dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadatī’’ti (pāci. 151) idaṃ avasānapadaṃ ṭhapetvā teneva nayena sattarasa dukkaṭāni, ‘‘samaggamhāyyā’’ti ca vutte aññaṃ dhammaṃ, ‘‘vaggamhāyyā’’ti ca vutte aṭṭha garudhamme bhaṇantassa, ovādañca aniyyātetvā aññaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭameva. Yo pana dhammakamme dhammakammasaññī samaggaṃ bhikkhunisaṅghaṃ samaggasaññī ovadati, garudhammapāḷiṃ uddesaṃ deti, paripucchaṃ deti, ‘‘osārehi ayyā’’ti vuccamāno osāreti, pañhaṃ puṭṭho katheti, bhikkhunīnaṃ suṇamānānaṃ aññassatthāya bhaṇati, sikkhamānāya vā sāmaṇeriyā vā bhaṇati, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Asammatatā, bhikkhuniyā paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, ovādavasena aṭṭhagarudhammabhaṇananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisānevāti.
2. 日没学处注释
2. Atthaṅgatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第二条学处中,“应当教诫”的意思是:即使是被僧团认可的人,如果以八种尊重法或其他任何法来教诫,也同样犯波逸提。
Dutiye ovadeyyāti aṭṭhagarudhammehi vā aññena vā dhammena ovadantassa sammatassāpi pācittiyameva.
在舍卫城,针对具寿周利槃陀伽,制定了日没后教诫的学处:这是不共的制立,不是无命令的,属于三波逸提。在太阳落山时,对作日没想或心存疑惑的人,以及教诫仅受具足戒者,犯恶作。像前一条学处那样,按诵说等方式来做则无犯。日已落、圆满受具足戒、教诫,这里是三个要素。等起等与句法戒相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ cūḷapanthakaṃ ārabbha atthaṅgate sūriye ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, sūriye atthaṅgate atthaṅgatasaññino vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannaṃ ovadantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Purimasikkhāpade viya uddesādinayena anāpatti. Atthaṅgatasūriyatā, paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, ovadananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni padasodhammasadisānevāti.
第三,比丘尼住处学处的注释
3. Bhikkhunupassayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第三条(比丘尼住处学处)中,“比丘尼住处”指的是比丘尼哪怕住一夜的地方。“应教诫”在这里是说,只有用重法教诫时才犯波逸提。如果(比丘)没有被认可,就犯两条波逸提。如果太阳落山后还在教诫,就犯三条。但已被认可的人即使在夜里教诫,也只犯两条。因为已被认可的比丘,不犯以重法教诫为根本的波逸提。“病者”是指无法前去听受教诫或参与布萨集会的人。
Tatiye bhikkhunupassayanti bhikkhuniyā ekarattaṃ vasanaṭṭhānampi. Ovadeyyāti idha garudhammehi ovadantasseva pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana asammato hoti, dve pācittiyāni. Sace pana sūriyepi atthaṅgate ovadati, tīṇi honti. Sammatassa pana rattiṃ ovadantassapi dve eva honti. Sammatattā hi bhikkhussa garudhammovādamūlakaṃ pācittiyaṃ natthi. Gilānāti na sakkoti ovādāya vā saṃvāsāya vā gantuṃ.
在释迦国,针对六群比丘前往比丘尼住处教诫一事而制定。“除适时外”,这是此处的随制,是不共制,不是无命令,属于三波逸提。对未受具足戒者,若想成已受具足戒,或有疑惑,以任何一种方式教诫一位受具足戒者,以另一种方式教诫另一位,都犯恶作。在适时、对未受具足戒者,以及像前面那条学处那样以诵戒等方式而行,则无犯。前往住处、圆满受具足戒、非适时、以重法教诫,这是此处的四个要素。等起等与第一条咖提那学处相同,但这个是作事。
Sakkesu chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhikkhunupassayaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ovadanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampannāya upasampannasaññino vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannaṃ yena kenaci, itaraṃ aññena dhammena ovadantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Samaye, anupasampannāya, purimasikkhāpade viya uddesādinayena ca anāpatti. Upassayūpagamanaṃ, paripuṇṇūpasampannatā, samayābhāvo, garudhammehi ovadananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyaṃ hotīti.
4. 利养学处注释
4. Āmisasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,“因利养故”,是指因衣等物品中的某一种原因。“比丘”,这里指的是被认可为比丘的人。“波逸提”,是指对这样的比丘,出于想毁谤的心而这样说,就犯波逸提。
Catutthe āmisahetūti cīvarādīnaṃ aññatarahetu. Bhikkhūti sammatā bhikkhū idhādhippetā. Pācittiyanti evarūpe bhikkhū avaṇṇakāmatāya evaṃ bhaṇantassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因为“为了利养而教诫”这种说法的缘故而制定。这是不共制的制定,不是无命令的。在如法羯磨中说,犯三种波逸提;在非法羯磨中说,犯三种恶作。对未获认可却已受具足戒的人,以及对未受具足戒的人——不管他们有没有获得认可——这样说的,都只犯恶作。其中,有比丘在适当的时候获得了认可,但还停留在沙弥的阶段,这就叫“获得认可的未受具足戒者”。不过,如果对方是通常因为衣服等物品而教诫的人,这样对他说,以及对方是疯子等,那就无犯。受具足戒、如法获得认可、不是没有利养牵连、出于想毁谤而这样说——这是这里犯戒的四个条件。它的等起等和“不与取”那条相似,但这条只是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ‘‘āmisahetu ovadantī’’ti bhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, asammataṃ upasampannañca, anupasampannañca sammataṃ vā asammataṃ vā evaṃ bhaṇantassa dukkaṭameva. Tattha yo bhikkhu kāle sammutiṃ labhitvā sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ saṇṭhito, ayaṃ sammato nāma anupasampanno. Pakatiyā cīvarādihetu ovadantaṃ pana evaṃ bhaṇantassa , ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, dhammena laddhasammutitā, anāmisantaratā, avaṇṇakāmatāya evaṃ bhaṇananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedanamevāti.
5. 施衣学处注释
5. Cīvaradānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,这条学处是在舍卫城,针对一位比丘,因施衣之事而制定的。不过,这里其余的论述方式,应当依照“受衣学处”中所说的方法来理解。在那里,接受衣服的是比丘;在这里,接受衣服的是比丘尼,这就是差别,其余完全相同。
Pañcame sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha cīvaradānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesakathāmaggo panettha cīvarappaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Tatra hi bhikkhu paṭiggāhako, idha bhikkhunī, ayaṃ viseso, sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
6. 缝衣学处注释
6. Cīvarasibbanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“衣”是指可以用来当内衣或外衣穿的东西。这里说“自己缝或叫人缝”:如果是自己缝,每把针穿进去、再拔出来一次,就犯一个波逸提;即使刺了一百次才拔出来一次,也只犯一个波逸提。如果对人说了“你缝”,即使他完成了全部针线活,下令的人也只犯一个波逸提。如果对他说“这件衣该做的一切都是你的责任”,而他做完了,那么他每穿进拔出一次针,下令的人就犯一个波逸提。如果下令的人一句话就让多个人去做,或者反复命令,那就不犯。
Chaṭṭhe cīvaranti nivāsanapārupanupagaṃ. Sibbeyya vā sibbāpeyyā vāti ettha sayaṃ sibbantassa sūciṃ pavesetvā pavesetvā nīharaṇe pācittiyaṃ, satakkhattumpi vijjhitvā sakiṃ nīharantassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. ‘Sibbā’ti vutto pana sacepi sabbaṃ sūcikammaṃ niṭṭhāpeti, āṇāpakassa ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Atha ‘‘yaṃ ettha cīvare kattabbaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ tava bhāro’’ti vutto niṭṭhāpeti, tassa ārāpathe ārāpathe pācittiyaṃ. Āṇāpakassa ekavācāya sambahulānipi, punappunaṃ āṇattiyaṃ pana vattabbameva natthi.
在舍卫城,因优陀夷长老而制定,属于缝衣事件。这是不共通制定,有命令,是三句波逸提。若不是亲属却想成是亲属,或者心里有疑惑,和一位已受具足戒的人一起缝衣,犯恶作。缝制其他袋等资具,为亲属缝制,为在学尼和沙弥尼缝衣,乃至疯癫者等,都无犯。所缝之物是非亲属比丘尼所有、适合穿着的衣,具足所说的特征而缝制或令缝制,这里是三个要素。源起等与媒介学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha cīvarasibbanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ñātikāya aññātikasaññino vā vematikassa vā, ekatoupasampannāya sibbantassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Aññaṃ thavikādiparikkhāraṃ sibbantassa, ñātikāya, sikkhamānasāmaṇerīnañca cīvarampi sibbantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā santakatā , nivāsanapārupanupagatā, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ sibbanaṃ vā sibbāpanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānevāti.
第七、关于约定学处的注释
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七项学处中,“约定”是指事先商量好,意思是出发的时候已经约好了。“同一条旅途道路”是指一条被称为旅途的道路,或者一起走上旅途道路。“应与商队同行”是指应当和商队一起走,其余部分字面意思很清楚。不过这里的判定是这样的:在不合适的地方(不净地)做约定的人,仅因为约定这件事,就先犯了恶作。这里除了比丘尼的住处、僧园内的区域、讲堂、外道的卧处之外,其余都是不净地,意思是说站在那些地方做约定。做了约定之后,如果没有取消“今天或明天”这样定好的时间约定,但即使取消了门口或路上的约定,与比丘尼同行的人,只要还没有踏入人们所设定的“这是那人的范围”的、哪怕是邻近另一个村子的范围,就还不算犯。但一旦踏入那个范围,第一脚是恶作,第二脚是波逸提,这样按踏入村界的次数来算波逸提。如果超过半由旬,在没有村庄的地方,就按半由旬的次数来算波逸提。
Sattame saṃvidhāyāti saṃvidahitvā, gamanakāle saṅketaṃ katvāti attho. Ekaddhānamagganti ekaṃ addhānasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ, ekato vā addhānamaggaṃ. Satthagamanīyoti satthena saddhiṃ gantabbo, sesaṃ uttānapadatthameva. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – akappiyabhūmiyaṃ saṃvidahantassa saṃvidahanapaccayā tāva dukkaṭaṃ. Tattha ṭhapetvā bhikkhunupassayaṃ antarārāmaṃ āsanasālaṃ titthiyaseyyañca sesā akappiyabhūmi, tattha ṭhatvā saṃvidahantassāti attho. Saṃvidahitvā pana ‘‘ajja vā sve vā’’ti niyamitaṃ kālaṃ visaṅketaṃ akatvā, dvāravisaṅketaṃ pana maggavisaṅketaṃ vā katvāpi bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ gacchantassa yāva āsannassāpi aññassa gāmassa ‘‘ayaṃ imassa upacāro’’ti manussehi ṭhapitaṃ upacāraṃ na okkamati, tāva anāpatti. Taṃ okkamantassa pana paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ, iti gāmūpacārokkamanagaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Addhayojanātikkame pana gāme asati addhayojanagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,制定于结伴走同一旅途这件事上。“除适时外”是这里的随制。这是不共制,无命令,三句波逸提。对未约定而作已约定想,或有疑惑的,以及比丘尼未约定而只自己单方面约定的,犯恶作。在适时已约定而前往的、自己未约定的、已取消约定的、遇灾难而前往的,以及疯癫者等,无犯。两人都约定后上路,未取消约定,非适时,非灾难,踏入村界或超过半由旬,这里是五个要素。然而与已受具戒者等一起,依与女人学处而得罪;是旅途所起;是造作;非想解脱;非有心;制戒罪;身业;语业;三心;三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ekaddhānamaggappaṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, asaṃvidahite saṃvidahitasaññino vematikassa vā, yo ca bhikkhuniyā asaṃvidahantiyā kevalaṃ attanāva saṃvidahati, tassa dukkaṭaṃ. Samaye saṃvidahitvāpi gacchantassa, attanā asaṃvidahantassa, visaṅketena vā, āpadāsu gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dvinnampi saṃvidahitvā maggappaṭipatti, avisaṅketatā, samayābhāvo, anāpadā, gāmantarokkamanaṃ vā addhayojanātikkamo vāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Ekatoupasampannādīhi pana saddhiṃ mātugāmasikkhāpadena āpatti, addhānasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
8. 登船学处的注释
8. Nāvābhiruhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条,“约定”的意思是:以玩乐为目的先商量好,在登船的时候作出约定。“向上游者”,是因为玩乐而向上游、逆着水流走。“向下游者”,是同样向下游、顺着水流走。但如果是为了到渡口而向上游或向下游运送,这就不犯。“除横渡外”,这是目的格用的处所格,意思是除了横渡以外。犯波逸提的情况是:沿着有村庄的岸边走时,按经过的村庄数量来算;或者沿着没有村庄的岸边走,或者沿着宽一由旬的河中间走时,按经过的半由旬来算,得波逸提。但在海里,则可以随意走。
Aṭṭhame saṃvidhāyāti kīḷāpurekkhāro saṃvidahitvā, abhiruhanakāle saṅketaṃ katvāti attho. Uddhaṃgāmininti kīḷāvasena uddhaṃ nadiyā paṭisotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Adhogāmininti tatheva adho anusotaṃ gacchantiṃ. Yaṃ pana titthappaṭipādanatthaṃ uddhaṃ vā adho vā haranti, ettha anāpatti. Aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyāti upayogatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, yā tiriyaṃ taraṇā, taṃ ṭhapetvāti attho. Pācittiyanti sagāmakatīrapassena gamanakāle gāmantaragaṇanāya, agāmakatīrapassena vā yojanavitthatāya nadiyā majjhena vā gamanakāle addhayojanagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ, samudde pana yathāsukhaṃ gantuṃ vaṭṭati.
这条学处是在舍卫城,因六群比丘登船之事而制定。“除了横渡以外”是这里的补充规定。其余内容应依照前一条学处的说明方式来理解。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha nāvābhiruhanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra tiriyaṃ taraṇāyā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sesaṃ anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
第九,受教化学处的解释
9. Paripācitasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条,关于“比丘尼所备办”的学处:所谓“比丘尼所备办”,就是由比丘尼所促成而得到的。意思是,比丘尼在那位比丘的亲属或受邀者之外的在家众人面前,称赞那位比丘的功德,说“请布施给尊者,请为尊者做吧”,这样促成而得到的、应当接受的食物。“先前在家人的备办”这一段里,“备办”指的是已经准备好、已安排好的东西,这是对已备好之物的称呼。在家人的备办,就是在家众人所备办的食物。也就是说,在比丘尼促成之前,最早为比丘们而由在家众人准备好的饭食,或者属于亲属及受邀者所有的食物,除了这些以外,明知而吃其他食物的,犯波逸提。而且这是按吞咽的次数来结罪;在接受的时候,则犯恶作。
Navame bhikkhuniparipācitanti bhikkhuniyā paripācitaṃ, neva tassa nāttano ñātakappavāritānaṃ gihīnaṃ santike bhikkhussa guṇaṃ pakāsetvā ‘‘detha ayyassa, karotha ayyassā’’ti evaṃ nipphāditaṃ laddhabbaṃ katanti attho. Pubbe gihisamārambhāti ettha samārambhoti samāraddhaṃ, paṭiyāditassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Gihīnaṃ samārambho gihisamārambho, bhikkhuniyā paripācanato pubbe paṭhamataraṃyeva yaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya gihīnaṃ paṭiyāditabhattaṃ, ñātakappavāritānaṃ vā santakaṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ jānaṃ bhuñjantassa pācittiyanti attho. Tañca kho ajjhoharaṇagaṇanāya, paṭiggahaṇe panassa dukkaṭaṃ.
在王舍城,因为提婆达多而制定:在比丘尼所劝化得来的钵食这件事上,制定了这条学处。“除了先前在家人的筹备之外”是这里随后的补充规定,是不共通的规定,不是命令性的。吃一位已受具足戒者所劝化得来的食物,对未劝化而想成是劝化的,对两种情况都怀疑的,犯恶作。对两种情况都想成是未劝化的,在家人筹备的,由学法尼、沙弥尼等劝化得来的,除了五种主食之外其余的食物,以及疯子等,都无犯。比丘尼劝化、知道是劝化、没有在家人筹备、是米饭等食物中的任何一种、他吞咽下去,这里是五个条件。起源等与第一条波罗夷相似,但这条是制戒罪,三种心,三种受。
Rājagahe devadattaṃ ārabbha bhikkhuniparipācitapiṇḍapātabhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra pubbe gihisamārambhā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ekatoupasampannāya paripācitaṃ bhuñjantassa , aparipācite paripācitasaññino, ubhayattha vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayattha aparipācitasaññino, gihisamārambhe, sikkhamānasāmaṇerādīhi paripācite, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā avasese, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Bhikkhuniyā paripācitatā, paripācitabhāvajānanaṃ, gihisamārambhābhāvo, odanādīnaṃ aññataratā, tassa ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasaasāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 独坐学处的解释
10. Rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条中,整条论说的路径,应当依照第二不定学处中所说的方式来了知。这个学处与第二不定学处、以及上面乌巴难达的第四学处,属于同一个段落划分;不过按照具体事缘的不同,则是分别制定的。
Dasame sabbopi kathāmaggo dutiyaaniyate vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Idañhi sikkhāpadaṃ dutiyaaniyatena ca upari upanandassa catutthasikkhāpadena ca ekaparicchedaṃ, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana visuṃ paññattanti.
住处学处的解释
1. Āvasathasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
《食物品》第一则中,“无病者”是指有能力走半由旬路的人。“一”是指一天。“住处食”是指想要修福的人,在厅堂等处,不指定“给这些人”或“给这么多人”的某个外道,也不指定“就这么多”的食物,而普遍施设的饭食。“应受用”是指:由一个家族或多个家族共同施设,或在一处或多处,或在不定处如“今天在这里,明天在那里”而施设的,应只在一处受用一天。如果超过这个限度,从第二天起,无论在该处或别处,接受属于他们的食物,犯恶作;每吞咽一口,犯波逸提。
Bhojanavaggassa paṭhame agilānenāti addhayojanampi gantuṃ samatthena. Ekoti ekadivasiko. Āvasathapiṇḍoti ‘‘imesaṃ vā ettakānaṃ vā’’ti ekaṃ pāsaṇḍaṃ vā, ‘‘ettakamevā’’ti evaṃ bhattaṃ vā anodissa sālādīsu yattha katthaci puññakāmehi paññattaṃ bhojanaṃ. Bhuñjitabboti ekakulena vā nānākulehi vā ekato hutvā ekasmiṃ vā ṭhāne, nānāṭhānesu vā ‘‘ajja ekasmiṃ, sve ekasmi’’nti evaṃ aniyataṭṭhāne vā paññatto ekasmiṃ ṭhāne ekadivasameva bhuñjitabbo. Tato ce uttarīti dutiyadivasato paṭṭhāya tasmiṃ vā ṭhāne aññasmiṃ vā ṭhāne tesaṃ santakassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因他们住下来后受用住处食这件事而制定。“无病者”这一条是补充规定,属于共通制定,不是别人教他做的,有三句波逸提。对无病的人,如果生起无病的想法或有疑惑,犯恶作。对有病的人,如果生起有病的想法;以及只受用一次的人;或者去程中在途中一日、到达目的地一日、回程中在途中一日、回到原地一日;或者心想“我要走了”而受用后出发,因为某种障碍折返,知道安全了再上路时又受用一日;或者施主邀请后布施食物;或者只是专门为比丘们施设的,不是随量施设的;或者除了五种正食之外受用其他食物——这些情况,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。住处食、无病、住下后受用,是这里的三项要素。起源等与羊毛学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha anuvasitvā āvasathapiṇḍabhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilānenā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Gilānassa gilānasaññino, yo ca sakiṃ bhuñjati, gacchanto vā antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ , gataṭṭhāne ekadivasaṃ, paccāgantopi antarāmagge ekadivasaṃ, āgataṭṭhāne ekadivasaṃ, gamissāmī’ti ca bhuñjitvā nikkhanto kenaci upaddavena nivattitvā khemabhāvaṃ ñatvā gacchanto puna ekadivasaṃ bhuñjati, yassa vā sāmikā nimantetvā denti, yo vā bhikkhūnaṃyeva uddissa paññattaṃ, na yāvadatthaṃ paññattaṃ, ṭhapetvā vā pañca bhojanāni aññaṃ bhuñjati, tassa ca, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Āvasathapiṇḍatā, agilānatā, anuvasitvā paribhojananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasikkhāpadasadisānīti.
2. 众食学处注释
2. Gaṇabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,众食:指群体的食物。这里“群体”指四位或更多比丘,从他们那里受邀请或提出请求而得到的米饭等五种食物中的任何一种。对此的判断如下:如果有人走近四位比丘,用任何同义词或别的说法,提到五种食物的名称,以“我用米饭邀请,请接受我的米饭”这样的方式邀请,如果他们这样在同一处或不同处被邀请,在同一处或不同处前往,在同一处接受,之后在同一处或不同处吃,就成为众食。这里以接受本身为判定标准。如果提到米饭等名称,在同一处或不同处请求后,前往并在同一处接受,这样也是众食。这两种情况,在接受时犯恶作,每咽下一口犯波逸提。在生病等时候,当脚掌破裂乃至无法去乞食时,这是生病时。已做完雨安居的人五个月,其他人从迦提月开始,这是施衣时。当有人正在做衣,做任何与衣有关该做的事时,这是作衣时。当有人想去半由旬,或正在去,或已经去了,这是行路时。登船时也是同样的道理。当行境村中四位比丘乞食后无法维持生活时,这是大众时。当任何出家者以食物邀请时,这是沙门食时。在这些时候吃是允许的。
Dutiye gaṇabhojaneti gaṇassa bhojane. Idha ca gaṇoti cattāro vā tatuttari vā bhikkhū , tesaṃ nimantanato vā viññattito vā laddhe odanādīnaṃ pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarabhojaneti attho. Tatthāyaṃ vinicchayo – sace hi koci cattāro bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā yena kenaci vevacanena vā bhāsantarena vā pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘odanena nimantemi, odanaṃ me gaṇhathā’’tiādinā nayena nimanteti, te ce evaṃ ekato vā nānāto vā nimantitā ekato vā nānāto vā gantvā ekato gaṇhanti, pacchā ekato vā nānāto vā bhuñjanti, gaṇabhojanaṃ hoti. Paṭiggahaṇameva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Sace odanādīnaṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā ekato vā nānāto vā viññāpetvā ca gantvā ca ekato gaṇhanti, evampi gaṇabhojanameva. Tassa duvidhassāpi evaṃ paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. Gilānasamayādīsu yadā pādānampi phalitattā na sakkā piṇḍāya carituṃ, ayaṃ gilānasamayo. Atthatakathinānaṃ pañca māsā, itaresaṃ kattikamāsoti ayaṃ cīvaradānasamayo. Yadā yo cīvare kariyamāne kiñcideva cīvare kattabbaṃ kammaṃ karoti, ayaṃ cīvarakārasamayo. Yadā addhayojanampi gantukāmo vā hoti gacchati vā gato vā, ayaṃ addhānagamanasamayo. Nāvābhiruhanasamayepi eseva nayo. Yadā gocaragāme cattāro bhikkhū piṇḍāya caritvā na yāpenti, ayaṃ mahāsamayo. Yadā yokoci pabbajito bhattena nimanteti, ayaṃ samaṇabhattasamayo, etesu samayesu bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
在王舍城,因为提婆达多而劝请众人吃饭,于是制定了这条学处。“除了适当的时候”在这里是七次追加制定,属于共通制定,不是命令性的,归入三句波逸提。在非群体用餐的情况下,如果以为是群体用餐,或者心里有疑惑,就犯恶作。如果以为是群体用餐,以及两三个人一起拿取,或者很多人各自乞食后聚在一起吃,在常食等场合,除了五种食物以外,其他一切都算;至于疯子等,则无犯。群体用餐的性质、没有适当的时候、吞咽下去,这是这里的三项构成要素。起因等和羊毛学处相同。
Rājagahe devadattaṃ ārabbha viññāpetvā bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha sattavidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, nagaṇabhojane gaṇabhojanasaññissa vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Nagaṇabhojanasaññissa pana, ye ca dve tayo ekato gaṇhanti, bahūnaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā ekato bhuñjantānaṃ, niccabhattikādīsu, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Gaṇabhojanatā, samayābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
3. 辗转食学处的注释
3. Paramparabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,辗转食:按照众食处所说的方式,受了五种食物邀请之后,对最初邀请自己的人所给的食物,不按顺序、也不作净,而受用后面其他人的食物。因此,如果有比丘在五位同法者当中,对其中一位当面说“我把我的饭份给你”或“我作净”,或者背着他对别人说“我给某某”或“我作净”,这样没有对最初的邀请作净,后来又在被邀请的人家接受食物,哪怕只吞下一粒米,也犯波逸提。适时的情况和前面所说的一样。
Tatiye paramparabhojaneti gaṇabhojane vuttanayeneva pañcahi bhojanehi nimantitassa yena yena paṭhamaṃ nimantito, tassa tassa bhojanato uppaṭipāṭiyā vā avikappetvā vā parassa parassa bhojane. Tasmā yo bhikkhu pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa ‘‘mayhaṃ bhattapaccāsaṃ tuyhaṃ dammī’’ti vā ‘‘vikappemī’’ti vā evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘‘itthannāmassa dammī’’ti (pāci. 226) vā ‘‘vikappemī’’ti vā evaṃ parammukhāvā paṭhamanimantanaṃ avikappetvā pacchā nimantitakule laddhabhikkhato ekasitthampi ajjhoharati, pācittiyaṃ. Samayā vuttanayā eva.
在毗舍离,因为众多比丘的缘故,针对“非受请而食”这件事而制定。“除了适当的时候”在这里是三种随制;但在《附随》里,把“指定”也算进去,说成“四种随制”(附随86)。这是不共制、非教令制、三句波逸提。在非辗转食的情况下,如果作辗转食想,或者心里有疑惑,就犯恶作。如果是非辗转食想,那么,在适当的时候,或者经过指定之后,或者把同一处相关的两三个邀请合在一起吃,或者按邀请的次序吃,或者被整个村子或整个团体邀请而在其中任意一处吃,或者正在被邀请时说“我要去乞食”,对于这些人,在常施食等场合,除了五种正食以外,其他一切情况,以及疯癫者等,都不犯。辗转食性、非适当时候、吞咽,是这里的三支。它的等起等与第一条咖提那戒相同,只是这里兼有作与无作。
Vesāliyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha aññatra nimantitabhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha tividhā anupaññatti, parivāre pana vikappanampi gahetvā ‘‘catasso anupaññattiyo’’ti (pari. 86) vuttaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, naparamparabhojane paramparabhojanasaññino vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Naparamparabhojanasaññissa pana, yo ca samaye vā vikappetvā vā ekasaṃsaṭṭhāni vā dve tīṇi nimantanāni ekato vā katvā bhuñjati, nimantanappaṭipāṭiyā bhuñjati, sakalena gāmena vā pūgena vā nimantito tesu yatthakatthaci bhuñjati, nimantiyamāno vā ‘‘bhikkhaṃ gahessāmī’’ti vadati, tassa, niccabhattikādīsu, pañca bhojanāni ṭhapetvā sabbattha, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Paramparabhojanatā, samayābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
迦纳母学处释义
4. Kāṇamātāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四戒中,“用饼”是指为了送礼而准备的任何嚼食,比如特别甘美的糖丸、粉片之类。“用炒粉”是指为了路上吃而准备的任何炒谷、芝麻、米粉之类。“满两三钵”是指没有超过钵口下缘线的两钵或三钵。“如果超过这个量”:如果拿第三个钵还堆出尖来,就按超过钵口下缘线以上的饼数来算,犯波逸提。“接受了满两三钵”:这里,如果一个人已经拿了两钵,看到别的比丘,就应该说:“我在这里已经拿了两满钵,你拿一钵吧。”那个人看到别人,也应该说:“先来的人已经拿了两满钵,我拿了一钵,你别拿。”如果一个人先拿了一钵,辗转告知的方法也是这样。如果有人自己拿了三钵,看到别人后,应该说:“你别在这里接受。”不告诉而拿的,犯恶作;听了这话还拿的,也犯恶作。“应该从那里拿出来,和比丘们一起分”:从接受的地方,到附近任何食堂、或精舍、或经常回去的地方,到那里放一满钵自己用,剩下的应该给比丘僧。但不能随意给朋友。如果有人只拿了一钵,拿了一钵的人不必违背其意愿给出任何东西,随他意愿而行。
Catutthe pūvehīti paheṇakatthāya paṭiyattehi atirasakamodakasakkhalikādīhi yehi kehici khajjakehi. Manthehīti pātheyyatthāya paṭiyattehi yehi kehici sattutilataṇḍulādīhi. Dvattipattapūrāti mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimalekhaṃ anatikkantā dve vā tayo vā pattapūrā. Tato ce uttarīti sacepi tatiyaṃ pattaṃ thūpīkataṃ gaṇhāti, mukhavaṭṭiyā heṭṭhimalekhato upariṭṭhitapūvagaṇanāya pācittiyaṃ. Dvattipattapūre paṭiggahetvāti ettha yena dve gahitā honti, tena bahi bhikkhuṃ disvā ‘‘ettha mayā dve pattapūrā gahitā, tvaṃ ekaṃ gaṇheyyāsī’’ti vattabbaṃ, tenāpi aññaṃ passitvā ‘‘paṭhamaṃ āgatena dve pattapūrā gahitā, mayā eko gahito, tvaṃ mā gaṇhī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Yena paṭhamaṃ eko gahito , tassāpi paramparārocane eseva nayo. Yena pana sayameva tayo gahitā, tena aññaṃ disvā ‘‘mā kho tvaṃ ettha paṭiggaṇhīti vattabbaṃ, avadantassa dukkaṭaṃ, taṃ sutvā gaṇhantassāpi dukkaṭameva. Tato nīharitvā bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ saṃvibhajitabbanti laddhaṭṭhānato sabbāsannaṃ āsanasālaṃ vā vihāraṃ vā yattha vā pana nibaddhaṃ paṭikkamati, tattha gantvā ekaṃ pattapūraṃ attano ṭhapetvā sesaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa dātabbaṃ. Yathāmittaṃ pana dātuṃ na labbhati. Yena eko gahito, na tena kiñci akāmā dātabbaṃ, yathāruci kātabbaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对众多比丘而制定:没有弄清楚数量就接受,这是共同制定、没有命令、属于三句波逸提。在不满两三个满钵时,若作过量想或心存疑惑,犯恶作。若作不足想,而且不是为赠礼、不是为路粮而准备的,或是为那个目的准备后剩下的,或是行程已取消,或是由亲属邀请的人给予,或是用自己的财物拿取,以及疯狂者等,都无犯。具备所说的特征——饼与炒粉、没有剩余、行程未取消、不是不知[施主]等、过量接受——这里是五个条件。它的等起等,与媒介戒相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha na mattaṃ jānitvā paṭiggahaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnakadvattipattapūre atirekasaññissa vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakasaññissa pana, na paheṇakatthāya na pātheyyatthāya vā paṭiyattaṃ, tadatthāya paṭiyattasesakaṃ vā, gamane vā paṭippassaddhe, ñātakappavāritānaṃ vā dentānaṃ, attano dhanena gaṇhantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttalakkhaṇapūvamanthatā, asesakatā, appaṭippassaddhagamanatā, anaññātakāditā, atirekappaṭiggahaṇanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni, samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānevāti.
第五,第一受请满足学处的注释
5. Paṭhamapavāraṇāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第五项学处中,“已食者”就是已经吃过的人。只要他吞下了五种食物中的任何一种,哪怕只有芥子那么一点点,就可以这样称呼他。“已受请满足者”的意思是:按照律文所说的五个条件——“食物可见,食物可见,站在手能够到的范围内递送过来,拒绝可见”——而完成了受请满足,已经做出了拒绝。这里,因为“食物可见”这句话,正在吃但还没吃完的人被称为“已受请满足”。而正在吃但还没吃完的人,有些已经吃了,有些还没吃;就他已经吃下的那部分来说,也可以算作“已食者”。所以我们看不出“已食者”这个词能单独成立什么意义。应当知道,这就像“两夜三夜”等说法中的“两夜”等词一样,是作为“已受请满足”这个词的附属成分,为了让语句顺畅才这样说的。
Pañcame bhuttāvīti bhuttavā, yena pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ sāsapamattampi ajjhoharitaṃ, so evaṃ vuccati. Pavāritoti ‘‘asanaṃ paññāyati, bhojanaṃ paññāyati, hatthapāse ṭhito abhiharati, paṭikkhepo paññāyatī’’ti (pāci. 239) evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ vuttapañcaṅgavasena katappavāraṇo, katappaṭikkhepoti attho. Tattha yasmā ‘‘asanaṃ paññāyatī’’ti iminā vippakatabhojano ‘pavārito’ti vutto. Yo ca vippakatabhojano, tena kiñci bhuttaṃ, kiñci abhuttaṃ, yañca bhuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāya ‘bhuttāvī’tipi saṅkhaṃ gacchati. Tasmā ‘bhuttāvī’tivacanena visuṃ kiñci atthasiddhiṃ na passāma, ‘‘dirattatiratta’’ntiādīsu (pāci. 52) pana dirattādivacanaṃ viya pavāritapadassa parivārabhāvena byañjanasiliṭṭhatāya cetaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
在受请满足支中,“食可见”是指:看到食物还没吃完,而且这个人正在吃它,这就是意思。“食物可见”是指:看到足以构成受请满足的食物,也就是米饭等当中任何一种应当拒绝的食物,这就是意思。“站在手距内”是指:施主拿了足以构成受请满足的食物后,站在两肘半范围的区域内,这就是意思。“递送”是指:那位施主用身体把那份食物送过去,这就是意思。“拒绝可见”是指:看到拒绝,如果那位比丘用身体或语言拒绝所送来的那份食物,这就是意思。这样,依五支而成为已受请满足者。
Pavāraṇaṅgesu pana asanaṃ paññāyatīti vippakatabhojanaṃ dissati, taṃ bhuñjamāno cesa puggalo hotīti attho. Bhojanaṃ paññāyatīti pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ dissati, odanādīnaṃ ce aññataraṃ paṭikkhipitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ hotīti attho. Hatthapāse ṭhitoti pavāraṇappahonakaṃ ce bhojanaṃ gaṇhitvā dāyako aḍḍhateyyahatthappamāṇe okāse ṭhito hotīti attho . Abhiharatīti so ce dāyako tassa taṃ bhojanaṃ kāyena abhisaṃharatīti attho. Paṭikkhepo paññāyatīti paṭikkhepo dissati, taṃ ce abhihaṭaṃ so bhikkhu kāyena vā vācāya vā paṭikkhipatīti attho. Evaṃ pañcannaṃ aṅgānaṃ vasena pavārito hoti.
这里应当这样判定:在“座位”等说法中,首先,凡是正在吃的东西,以及有人站在伸手可及的范围内递上来而被拒绝的食物,都应当知道是饭、酸粥、炒面、鱼、肉这些当中的某一种。
其中,所谓“饭”,是指取稻、稻谷、大麦、小麦、稷、䅟子、鸠罗沙这七种谷物的米,不管是为了“煮饭”还是“煮粥”,无论煮成什么,只要在进食时,所取的热的或冷的食物在拿取之处显出分量界限,那就是饭,会引生足食。但如果是乳粥或酸粥,刚从锅里舀出来还热着,能够搅拌后喝,在手拿之处不显出分量界限,那就不引生足食。如果热气消退,变得浓稠,显出分量界限,就会再次引生足食,不再保持先前稀薄的状态。即使放了许多叶菜花果,只要也放了一把米,进食时如果显出分量界限,就会引生足食。在没有粥的邀请中,说“我们要给粥”,却在饭里倒入水粥、乳粥等,然后说“请拿粥”,即使很稀,也会引生足食。但如果是在煮过的水等里面放进去煮好再给,那就归入粥的范畴。如果粥里哪怕放了芥子大小的鱼块、肉块或筋,也会引生足食。除了上面所说的那些谷物的米之外,用其他东西,比如苇米等,或者块根、果实等任何东西做成的饭,不引生足食。
所谓“酸粥”,是用大麦做的。用绿豆等其他东西做的酸粥,不引生足食。
所谓“炒面”,是把七种谷物炒过后做成的。甚至把未熟炒的稻谷米捣碎做成的粉末或丸子,也归入炒面的范畴。但等熟炒后晒干的丸子,或者任何米、炒米,以及用炒米做的饭、炒面等,不引生足食。
在鱼和肉当中,如果正在喝粥的人,在只剩粥渣的地方,得到两块鱼块或肉块,不论放在同一个器皿还是不同器皿里,只要他还没吃那些鱼块肉块,却拒绝了其他任何足以引生足食的食物,那就不引生足食。如果吃了一块,另一块还在手里或钵里,这时若拒绝其他食物,就引生足食。如果两块都吃了,嘴里连芥子大小的残留都没有,即使拒绝其他食物,也不引生足食。如果有人吃的是不合适的肉,或者吃由败坏家族、行医、宣示上人法、贪著金银钱财等行为所产生的不合适食物,以及其他合适或不合适的食物时,拒绝其他食物,不引生足食。
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – ‘asana’ntiādīsu tāva yañca asnāti, yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipati, taṃ odano kummāso sattu maccho maṃsanti imesaṃ aññatarameva veditabbaṃ. Tattha odano nāma sāli vīhi yavo godhumo kaṅgu varako kudrūsakoti imesaṃ sattannaṃ dhaññānaṃ taṇḍule gahetvā ‘‘bhattaṃ pacāmā’’ti vā ‘‘yāguṃ pacāmā’’ti vā yaṃkiñci sandhāya pacantu, sace uṇhaṃ vā sītalaṃ vā bhuñjantānaṃ bhojanakāle gahitagahitaṭṭhāne odhi paññāyati, odano hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Yo pana pāyāso vā ambilayāgu vā uddhanato otāritamattā abbhuṇhā sakkā hoti āvijjhitvā pivituṃ, sā yassa hatthena gahitokāsepi odhi na paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sace pana usumāya vigatāya ghanabhāvaṃ gacchati, odhiṃ dasseti, puna pavāraṇaṃ janeti, pubbe tanukabhāvo na rakkhati. Sacepi bahū paṇṇaphalakaḷīre pakkhipitvā muṭṭhimattāpi taṇḍulā pakkhittā honti, bhojanakāle ce odhi paññāyati, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Ayāguke nimantane ‘‘yāguṃ dassāmā’’ti bhatte udakakañjikakhīrādīni ākiritvā ‘‘yāguṃ gaṇhathā’’ti denti, kiñcāpi tanukā hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janetiyeva. Sace pana pakkuthitesu udakādīsu pakkhipitvā pacitvā denti, yāgusaṅgahameva gacchati. Sace yāguyāpi sāsapamattampi macchamaṃsakkhaṇḍaṃ vā nhāru vā pakkhittaṃ hoti, pavāraṇaṃ janeti. Ṭhapetvā sānulomānaṃ vuttadhaññānaṃ taṇḍule aññehi veḷutaṇḍulādīhi vā kandamūlaphalehi vā yehi kehici katabhattaṃ pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Kummāso nāma yavehi kato. Aññehi pana muggādīhi katakummāso pavāraṇaṃ na janeti. Sattu nāma satta dhaññāni bhajjitvā kato. Antamaso kharapākabhajjitānaṃ vīhīnaṃ taṇḍule koṭṭetvā katacuṇṇampi kuṇḍakampi sattusaṅgahameva gacchati. Samapākabhajjitānaṃ pana ātapasukkhānaṃ kuṇḍakaṃ vā, ye keci taṇḍulā vā lājā vā, lājehi katabhattasattuādīni vā na pavārenti. Macchamaṃsesu sace yāguṃ pivantassa yāgusitthamattāneva dve macchakkhaṇḍāni vā maṃsakkhaṇḍāni vā ekabhājane vā nānābhājane vā denti, tāni ce akhādanto aññaṃ pavāraṇappahonakaṃ yaṃkiñci paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Tato ekaṃ khāditaṃ, ekaṃ hatthe vā patte vā hoti, sace aññaṃ paṭikkhipati pavāreti. Dvepi khāditāni honti, mukhe sāsapamattampi avasiṭṭhaṃ natthi, sacepi aññaṃ paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti. Yo pana akappiyamaṃsaṃ kuladūsanavejjakammauttarimanussadhammārocanasāditarūpiyādīhi nibbattaṃ akappiyabhojanañca aññaṃ kappiyaṃ vā akappiyaṃ vā khādanto paṭikkhipati, na pavāreti.
像这样,先要明白:凡是吞下去的,以及别人站在伸手可及的范围内递上来、自己拒绝之后就会生起“足食”的食物,了解了这一点,现在为了知道它具体是怎么发生的,就应当了解这个判定标准。
关于“座位、食物”这一项,首先要说的是:只要有人已经吞下哪怕一粒饭,如果他的钵里、口里、手里还有食物,而他带着想再要的心拒绝了别的符合上述特征的食物,那就生起足食。但如果他没有想再要的心,对钵里等剩下的食物不想再吞,也不想给别人,也不想走到别处去吃,那么即使拒绝,也不生起足食。
关于“站在伸手可及处”,如果比丘坐着,就从坐垫的后边缘算起;如果站着,就从脚跟算起;如果躺着,就从他所躺那一侧的远边缘算起。排除施主坐着、站着或躺着时伸出的手,取最近的那个身体部位,以它靠近自己的那一侧为界限,两肘半的距离应当知道就是“伸手可及的范围”。站在这个范围内,只有拒绝别人递上来的东西,才生起足食;超出这个范围就不生起。
所谓“递上来”,是指站在伸手可及的范围内,为了让人拿而把东西送过来。但如果紧挨着坐的比丘没有把放在手里或架子上的钵递过来,只是说“请拿食物”,拒绝这个就不生起足食。把饭锅端来放在前面的地上,这样说时也是同样的规则。但如果稍微抬起或移开一点,说“请拿”,拒绝这个就生起足食。
拿着饭锅分发时,另一个人说“我来拿”,只是刚拿住,而分发的人还拿着它,所以它仍然算是递上来的。出于想给的心,拒绝那个来拿的人,就生起足食。但如果分发的人只是碰了一下,是另一个人在拿着它,那么出于想给的心,拒绝那个来拿的人,就不生起足食。如果用勺子舀起来,即使拒绝两份等量的食物,也还是生起足食。给紧挨着的人时,另一个人把钵盖上,这就算是拒绝了别的递上来的东西,所以不生起足食。
关于“拒绝”,对于施主仅以言语递上来的东西,拒绝不生效;但对于以身体递上来的东西,如果用动动手指等身体动作来拒绝,或者说“够了,别给了”这类话,那就生起足食。
Evaṃ yañca asnāti, yañca bhojanaṃ hatthapāse ṭhitena abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipanto pavāraṇaṃ janeti, taṃ ñatvā idāni yathā āpajjati, tassa jānanatthaṃ ayaṃ vinicchayo veditabbo – ‘‘asanaṃ bhojana’’nti ettha tāva yena ekasitthampi ajjhohaṭaṃ hoti, so sace pattamukhahatthesu yatthakatthaci bhojane sati sāpekkhova aññaṃ vuttalakkhaṇaṃ bhojanaṃ paṭikkhipati, pavāreti. Sace pana nirapekkho hoti, yaṃ pattādīsu avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ na ca ajjhoharitukāmo, aññassa vā dātukāmo, aññatra vā gantvā bhuñjitukāmo, so paṭikkhipantopi na pavāreti. ‘‘Hatthapāse ṭhito’’ti ettha pana sace bhikkhu nisinno hoti, ānisadassa pacchimantato paṭṭhāya, sace ṭhito, paṇhīnaṃ antato paṭṭhāya, sace nipanno, yena passena nipanno, tassa pārimantato paṭṭhāya dāyakassa nisinnassa vā ṭhitassa vā nipannassa vā ṭhapetvā pasāritahatthaṃ yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena paricchinditvā aḍḍhateyyahattho ‘hatthapāso’ti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā abhihaṭaṃ paṭikkhipantasseva pavāraṇā hoti, na tato paraṃ. ‘Abhiharatī’ti hatthapāsabbhantare ṭhito gahaṇatthaṃ upanāmeti. Sace pana anantaranisinnopi bhikkhu hatthe vā ādhārake vā ṭhitaṃ pattaṃ anabhiharitvāva ‘‘bhattaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. Bhattapacchiṃ ānetvā purato bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapetvā evaṃ vuttepi eseva nayo. Īsakaṃ pana uddharitvā vā apanāmetvā vā ‘gaṇhathā’ti vutte taṃ paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Bhattapacchiṃ gahetvā parivisantassa añño ‘‘ahaṃ dhāressāmī’’ti gahitamattameva karoti, parivesakoyeva pana taṃ dhāreti, tasmā sā abhihaṭāva hoti, tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā hoti. Sace pana parivesakena phuṭṭhamattāva hoti, itarova naṃ dhāreti, tato dātukāmatāya gaṇhantaṃ paṭikkhipantassa pavāraṇā na hoti. Kaṭacchunā uddhaṭe pana hoti, dvinnaṃ samabhārepi paṭikkhipanto pavāretiyeva. Anantarassa diyyamāne itaro pattaṃ pidahati, aññassa abhihaṭaṃ nāma paṭikkhittaṃ hoti, tasmā pavāraṇā natthi. ‘Paṭikkhepo’ti ettha vācāya abhihaṭe paṭikkhepo na ruhati, kāyena abhihaṭaṃ pana aṅgulicalanādinā kāyavikārena vā ‘‘alaṃ, mā dehī’’tiādinā vacīvikārena vā paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti.
一个人端来混合了肉的汤,说“请接汤”,对方听了拒绝,这时不构成自恣。但如果他说“肉汤”,对方拒绝,就构成自恣。即使他说“请拿这个”,拒绝也构成自恣。把肉单独分开,说“肉汤”时,如果里面还有芥子那么小的碎肉块,拒绝就构成自恣;如果没有,拒绝就不构成。有人把鱼肉和菜花等混在一起煮,拿来后说“请拿菜花汤”“请拿面包果菜”,这样也不构成自恣。为什么?因为是用不该构成自恣的名称来说的。但如果他说“鱼肉菜”或“请拿这个”,就构成自恣。这是这里的简要说明,详细解释在《一切善见》里。至于行走等威仪中,在哪种威仪下构成自恣,就应该不改变那种威仪而吃。
Eko samaṃsakaṃ rasaṃ abhiharati, ‘‘rasaṃ paṭiggaṇhathā’’ti vadati, taṃ sutvā paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā natthi. ‘Maṃsarasa’nti vutte pana paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. ‘‘Imaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vuttepi hotiyeva. Maṃsaṃ visuṃ katvā ‘maṃsarasa’nti vuttepi sace sāsapamattampi khaṇḍaṃ atthi, paṭikkhipato pavāraṇā hoti. Sace natthi, vaṭṭati. Kaḷīrapanasādīhi missetvā macchamaṃsaṃ pacanti, taṃ gahetvā ‘‘kaḷīrasūpaṃ gaṇhatha, panasabyañjanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vadati, evampi na pavāreti. Kasmā? Apavāraṇārahassa nāmena vuttattā. ‘‘Macchamaṃsaṃ byañjana’’nti vā ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vā vutte pana pavāreti, ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto. Gamanādīsu pana yasmiṃ iriyāpathe pavāreti, taṃ avikopenteneva bhuñjitabbaṃ.
“不是多余的”意思是:不是剩下的,也不是多出来的。不过,那种食物如果是没有通过如法作成等七种律仪程序来作成的,或者对生病比丘来说不算多出来的,那就是“不是多余的”。因此,在《经分别》(波逸提239)中说“非法作成”等。其中,凡是果实或块根等,没有用五种适合沙门的方式作成如法;以及非法肉、非法食物,这些就叫“非法”。这种非法之物被作成“这一切都足够了”这样的残食,就应当理解为“非法作成”。“未受持而作”是指比丘没有受持,却按前面说的方式作成残食。“未举示而作”是指前来作如法的比丘,连稍微举起或移开都没做就作成了。“在伸手范围之外而作”是指前来作如法的比丘,站在伸手范围之外作成了。“由未食者而作”是指作残食的人,自己还没有吃到足够发起邀请的食量就作成了。“由已食、已受邀、已离座者而作”,这个意思很明白。“没有说‘这一切都足够了’”是指没有用言语表达出来就这样作成了。这样一来,凡是没通过这七种律仪程序作成残食的如法之物,以及不是病者残食的,这两者都属于“不是多余的”。而“是多余的”则应当按相反的道理来理解。
Anatirittanti na atirittaṃ, na adhikanti attho. Taṃ pana kappiyakatādīhi sattahi vinayakammākārehi akataṃ vā gilānassa anadhikaṃ vā hoti. Tasmā padabhājane (pāci. 239) ‘akappiyakata’ntiādi vuttaṃ, tattha yaṃ phalaṃ vā kandamūlādi vā pañcahi samaṇakappiyehi kappiyaṃ akataṃ, yañca akappiyamaṃsaṃ vā akappiyabhojanaṃ vā, etaṃ akappiyaṃ nāma, taṃ akappiyaṃ ‘‘alametaṃ sabba’’nti evaṃ atirittaṃ kataṃ akappiyakatanti veditabbaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakatanti bhikkhunā appaṭiggahitaṃyeva purimanayena atirittaṃ kataṃ. Anuccāritakatanti kappiyaṃ kāretuṃ āgatena bhikkhunā īsakampi anukkhittaṃ vā anapanāmitaṃ vā kataṃ. Ahatthapāse katanti kappiyaṃ kāretuṃ āgatassa hatthapāsato bahi ṭhitena kataṃ. Abhuttāvinā katanti yo atirittaṃ karoti, tena pavāraṇappahonakaṃ bhojanaṃ abhuttena kataṃ. Bhuttāvinā pavāritena āsanā vuṭṭhitena katanti idaṃ uttānameva. ‘‘Alametaṃ sabba’’nti avuttanti vacībhedaṃ katvā evaṃ avuttaṃ hoti. Iti imehi sattahi vinayakammākārehi yaṃ atirittaṃ kappiyaṃ akataṃ, yañca pana na gilānātirittaṃ, tadubhayampi anatirittaṃ. Atirittaṃ pana tasseva paṭipakkhanayena veditabbaṃ.
另外,这里说“由已食者所作”(《波逸提》239):即使只是从紧挨着坐下的人的钵里,吃了一粒饭或一点肉而作成,也算是由已食者所作。如果有人一早就这样吃过、已经受邀请而坐着,那么即使到了临近的时候,比丘递上来的团食,他仍然可以把它作成如法。可是,如果在作成如法之后,有人把别的食物加进正在吃的人的钵里,他就不能再把它作成如法了。因为凡是未作的,就应当作;而且应当由未作者来作(《波逸提义注》238-239)。所以,在同一个容器里制作时,因为和先前所作的混在一起,就不应当作。但在别的容器里,由他本人或别人来作,则是允许的。这样作成之后,即使和先前所作的混在一起,也可以吃。不仅是他,除了制作的那个人以外,其他已经受邀请的人也可以吃。不过,为了不和未作的食物混在一起,应当先把口和手弄干净再吃。至于病者残食,不仅是指病者吃剩的食物,而是凡是特意为病者拿来,心想“今天、明天或什么时候想吃就吃”的一切食物,都应当知道是“病者残食”。无论是硬食还是软食,即一切时药,若吃或嚼,波逸提。这里按照所说的道理,已受邀请的人为了吞咽而接受任何非残食的食物,接受时得恶作,每咽一口就得波逸提。
Apicettha bhuttāvinā kataṃ hotīti (pāci. 239) antamaso anantaranisinnassa pattato ekampi sitthaṃ vā maṃsahīraṃ vā khāditvā katampi bhuttāvinā kataṃ hoti, yo pātova evaṃ bhuttāvī pavārito nisīdatiyeva, so upakaṭṭhepi kāle abhihaṭaṃ piṇḍaṃ bhikkhunā upanītaṃ kappiyaṃ kātuṃ labhati. Sace pana tasmiṃ kappiye kate bhuñjantassa aññaṃ āmisaṃ ākiranti, taṃ so puna kātuṃ na labhati. Yañhi akataṃ, taṃ kātabbaṃ. Yena ca akataṃ, tena ca kātabbanti (pāci. aṭṭha. 238-9) vuttaṃ, tasmā tasmiṃ bhājane kariyamāne paṭhamakatena saddhiṃ kataṃ hotīti taṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati. Aññasmiṃ pana bhājane tena vā aññena vā kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Evaṃ kataṃ paṭhamakatena missetvāpi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, na kevalañca tassa yena pana kataṃ, taṃ ṭhapetvā aññesaṃ pavāritānampi bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yathā pana akatena missaṃ na hoti, evaṃ mukhañca hatthañca suddhaṃ katvā bhuñjitabbaṃ. Gilānātirittaṃ pana na kevalaṃ gilānassa bhuttāvasesameva, atha kho yaṃkiñci gilānaṃ uddissa ‘‘ajja vā sve vā yadā vā icchati, tadā khādissatī’’ti āhaṭaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ ‘gilānātiritta’nti veditabbaṃ. Khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vāti yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ. Khādeyya vā bhuñjeyya vā pācittiyanti ettha vuttanayena pavāritassa anatirittaṃ yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya paṭiggaṇhato gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因众多比丘,就“在别处进食”这件事而制定。“非剩余”在这里是随制、不共制、非命令式,属于三法波逸提。为了吃而非时药等而接受,以及吞咽非食物,得恶作;同样,对非剩余有非剩余想的人,以及有疑惑的人,也得恶作。但对剩余有剩余想的人,心想“我让人做成剩余后再吃”而接受;为他人而接受;按允许受用的方式受用非时药等非食物;以及疯狂者等,都无犯。已受邀请的状态、食物是非剩余、适时吞咽,是这里的三支。集起等与第一咖提那学处相同,但这里是作与不作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha aññatra bhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘anatiritta’’nti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya gaṇhato, nirāmisāni ajjhoharato ca dukkaṭaṃ, tathā atiritte anatirittasaññino ceva vematikassa ca. Atirittasaññino pana, ‘‘atirittaṃ kārāpetvā bhuñjissāmī’’ti gaṇhantassa, aññassatthāya gaṇhantassa, yāmakālikādīni tesaṃ anuññātaparibhogavasena nirāmisāni paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pavāritabhāvo, āmisassa anatirittatā, kālena ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
第六,第二受请满足学处注释
6. Dutiyapavāraṇāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“强行邀请”是指把食物拿来之后说:“来,比丘,请吃,请用吧!”这样邀请。“知”是指通过听到或看到,知道对方已经受到邀请。“期望羞辱”是指期望羞辱、指责、让对方难堪。在“食已,波逸提”中:强行提供的时候,先犯恶作;如果对方接受了,提供的人又犯恶作;对方正在吃的时候,提供的人每咽下一口都犯恶作;吃完的时候,犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāreyyāti abhiharitvā ‘‘handa, bhikkhu khāda vā bhuñja vā’’ti evaṃ pavāreyya. Jānanti sutvā vā disvā vā tassa pavāritabhāvaṃ jānanto. Āsādanāpekkhoti āsādanaṃ codanaṃ maṅkukaraṇabhāvaṃ apekkhamāno. Bhuttasmiṃ pācittiyanti ettha abhihāre tāva dukkaṭaṃ, sace so taṃ gaṇhāti, puna abhihārakassa dukkaṭaṃ, tasmiṃ pana bhuñjante abhihārakassa tassa ajjhohāre ajjhohāre dukkaṭaṃ, bhojanapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因某位比丘,就“以非剩余食物强行邀请”一事而制定:这是别制,不是通制,不是命令式。对已受邀请的人,有已受邀请的想法,犯波逸提。对疑惑的人,为了食用而拿来非时药等,以及在接受和吞咽那些东西时;对未受邀请的人有已受邀请的想法,以及疑惑的人,犯恶作。但对有未受邀请想法的人;还有让人做成剩余食物后给予,或说“做成剩余食物后吃吧”而给予;或者说“拿去给别人吧”而给予;或者给予非时药等时说“有因缘时就受用吧”;对他,以及疯狂者等,无犯。已受邀请、有已受邀请的想法、期望羞辱、以非剩余食物强行邀请、食物吃完,这里是五个条件。此戒的起源等与不与取戒相似,但这里是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha anatirittena bhojanena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāraṇāvatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, pavārite pavāritasaññino pācittiyaṃ. Vematikassa, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya abhiharantassa, tesañca paṭiggahaṇaajjhohāresu, appavārite ca pavāritasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Appavāritasaññissa pana, yo ca atirittaṃ kārāpetvā deti, ‘‘kārāpetvā vā bhuñjāhī’’ti deti, yo vā ‘‘aññassatthāya haranto gacchāhī’’ti deti, yo ca yāmakālikādīni ‘‘sati paccaye paribhuñjāhī’’ti deti, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pavāritatā, pavāritasaññitā, āsādanāpekkhatā, anatirittena abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavāraṇatā, bhojanapariyosānanti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
7. 非时食学处注释
7. Vikālabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“非时”就是时间已经过去,意思是过了正午之后一直到天亮。所以,如果比丘在这段时间里,为了吃而接受任何从树林里采来的果实,不管是生的还是熟的,属于可嚼的食物或可吞的食物,那么在接受的当下就犯恶作,每咽下一口就犯波逸提。
Sattame vikāleti vigate kāle, majjhanhikātikkamanato yāva aruṇuggamanāti adhippāyo. Tasmā yo bhikkhu etasmiṃ antare yaṃkiñci vanamūlaphalaṃ upādāya āmaṃ vā pakkaṃ vā āmisasaṅkhepagataṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā ajjhoharaṇatthāya paṭiggaṇhāti, tassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ.
这条戒是在王舍城,因十七群比丘而制定,涉及非时进食。它是共通制定的戒,不是别制,属于三句波逸提。为了食用而接受并咽下一日内食等,如果在非时的时候作非时的想,或者心里有疑惑,就犯恶作;如果在适当的时候作适当的想,有因缘而食用一日内食等,以及疯癫者等,则无犯。按照“诸比丘,我允许毛端大小的量,但诸比丘不得从口外取出后再咽下”(《小品》273)所开许的方式,即使是毛端大小的量也无犯。这里有三个要素:非时性、一日内食性、咽下。它的等起等与羊毛学处相似。
Rājagahe sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha vikāle bhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, yāmakālikādīni āhāratthāya paṭiggahaṇaajjhohāresu, kāle vikālasaññissa, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ, kāle kālasaññissa yāmakālikādīni sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, romaṭṭhakassa romaṭṭhaṃ, na ca bhikkhave bahimukhadvārā nīharitvā ajjhoharitabba’’nti (cūḷava. 273) anuññātanayena romaṭṭhakassāpi anāpatti. Vikālatā, yāvakālikatā, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
8. 蓄藏食物学处注释
8. Sannidhikārakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八项学处中,“蓄藏”是指:行为、造作、动作,从含义上说是同一回事;所蓄藏之物就是“蓄藏”,蓄藏本身就是“蓄藏之物”。这是对接受之后过了一夜才消受的情况所立的名称。因此,对于这样蓄藏起来的任何一日食或一夜食,如果心想“我要吃”而接受,在接受时犯恶作;每吞咽一口,就犯一次波逸提。即使钵没洗干净,用手指搓还能看到痕迹;或者有节钵的节缝里渗进了油,在太阳下晒时油会流出来;或者盛热粥时能看到油迹——用这样的钵在第二天吃东西,也犯波逸提。但如果比丘没有执著,把它舍给沙弥,然后从沙弥存放的地方拿来吃,这是可以的。因为自己接受后没有舍出去,第二天还吃适合食用的食物,就犯波逸提。如果是不适合食用的东西,比如人肉,则犯重罪加波逸提;其余不适合食用的东西,则犯恶作加波逸提。如果有因缘而吞咽一夜食,犯波逸提;如果是为了吃而吞咽,则还加犯恶作。如果已经受请吃饱了,还吞咽没有剩余的食物,那么在一切情况下都再加犯波逸提。如果在非时吞咽,因为不是剩余食物的缘故,一切情况下都不犯;如果有因缘,因为非时的缘故,对一夜食等也不犯。其余情况下,因为非时的缘故,波逸提仍然增加。比丘蓄藏的食物,对比丘尼来说是可以的;比丘尼蓄藏的食物,对比丘来说也是可以的,因为比丘尼犍度中已经允许了,所以是可以的。
Aṭṭhame sannidhikārakanti kāro karaṇaṃ kiriyāti atthato ekaṃ, sannidhi kāro assāti sannidhikāraṃ , sannidhikārameva sannidhikārakaṃ, paṭiggahetvā ekarattiṃ vītināmitassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tasmā evaṃ sannidhikataṃ yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā ‘ajjhoharissāmī’ti gaṇhantassa paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi patto duddhoto hoti, yaṃ aṅguliyā ghaṃsantassa lekhā paññāyati, gaṇṭhikapattassa vā gaṇṭhikantare sneho paviṭṭho hoti, yo uṇhe otāpentassa paggharati, uṇhayāguyā vā gahitāya sandissati, tādise pattepi punadivase bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana bhikkhu nirapekkho sāmaṇerānaṃ pariccajitvā tehi nihitaṃ labhitvā bhuñjati, taṃ vaṭṭati . Sayaṃ paṭiggahetvā apariccattameva hi dutiyadivase kappiyabhojanaṃ bhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ. Akappiyesu pana manussamaṃse thullaccayena saddhiṃ pācittiyaṃ, sesesu pana dukkaṭena saddhiṃ. Yāmakālikaṃ sati paccaye ajjhoharato pācittiyaṃ, āhāratthāya ajjhoharato dukkaṭena saddhiṃ. Yo pana pavārito hutvā anatirittakataṃ ajjhoharati, tassa sabbavikappesu aparampi pācittiyaṃ vaḍḍhati. Sace vikāle ajjhoharati, anatirittapaccayā sabbavikappesu anāpatti, sati paccaye vikālapaccayā yāmakālikādīsu ca anāpatti. Avasesesu vikālapaccayā pācittiyaṃ vaḍḍhatiyeva. Bhikkhussa pana sannidhi bhikkhuniyā vaṭṭati, bhikkhuniyā ca sannidhi bhikkhussa vaṭṭati, bhikkhunikkhandhake (cūḷava. 421-422) anuññātattā vaṭṭatīti.
在舍卫城,因具寿贝拉塔西萨而制定了有关蓄藏食物的学处:这是共通制定、并非针对个人的命令、属于三句波逸提。然而,对七日药和尽形寿药,为了食用而接受以及吞咽时,犯恶作。正如这些不适合作为食物食用,与一日药等混合的也同样不适合。因为这样说:“诸比丘,与一日药混合的一日一夜药,当天接受的,在适当的时间可以用,非时则不可以用”等等(《大品》305)。因此,即使得到与各种食物混合的东西,如果味道没有混杂,或者已经洗净,以致看不出与其他东西混在一起,就可以按照各自相应的时间食用。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ belaṭṭhasīsaṃ ārabbha sannidhikārakabhojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ , sattāhakālika yāvajīvikānaṃ pana āhāratthāya paṭiggahaṇe ajjhohāre ca dukkaṭaṃ. Yathā cetāni āhāratthāya na kappanti, evaṃ yāvakālikādīhi saṃsaṭṭhānipi, vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘yāvakālikena, bhikkhave, yāmakālikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ kāle kappati, vikāle na kappatī’’tiādi (mahāva. 305). Tasmā sacepi taṃ taṃ tena tena saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhaṃ labhati, sace asambhinnarasaṃ vā hoti sudhotaṃ vā, yathā itarena saṃsaggo na paññāyati, attano kālānurūpena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati.
如果味道混杂,或者没有洗干净,那就不能用。因为时限食和别的食物混在一起、味道混杂时,会把一日夜食等另外三种也都变成自己的性质;一日夜食会把七日食等两种变成自己的性质;七日食会把尽形寿食变成自己的性质。所以要这样理解:和当天接受的七日食放在一起,当天接受或之前接受的尽形寿食可以用七天;和两天前接受的一起,可以用六天;和三天前接受的一起,可以用五天……一直到和七天前接受的一起,就只有当天能用。正因为这样,律里才没有说“比丘们,尽形寿食配上当天接受的时限食”,而是说“接受的七日食可以用七天”。在这里,关于时限、一日夜、七日的超限,要按非时食、蓄藏、七日药这些学处来理解犯戒的情况。在这四种时限食里,只有时限食和一日夜食这两种,既算“屋内所存”,也算“作蓄藏”;七日食和尽形寿食,即使放在不净屋里也可以,也不会构成蓄藏。但是,在不净屋里,和“屋内所存”的食物放在一起时,另外两种即使当天接受也不能用,这叫“口存”;不过《大普察里》里说这也叫“屋内所存”。这里只是名称不同,罪都是恶作。这里说的“不净屋”,是指为居住而建、属于僧团或属于已受具足戒者的房子;在里面足够一起躺卧的地方存放的、属于僧团或属于已受具足戒者的时限食和一日夜食,就叫“屋内所存”;在里面煮的叫“内煮”;不管在哪里,自己亲手煮的叫“自煮”,这一切都不能吃。和这些混在一起的食物,也跟着变成同一类不能吃;吃任何一种都犯恶作。所以,为了让食物脱离“屋内所存”和“内煮”,世尊允许了四种净地,具体判定在《善见律》里说过。如果没有这些净地,就可以把食物转给未受具足戒的人之后再吃。自己煮过的东西再加热也可以。本来不是蓄藏却当成蓄藏想,或者心里有疑惑,犯恶作。知道不是蓄藏,把时限食等三种存放起来而没有超过各自时限,对尽形寿食在有因缘时随时受用,以及疯狂者等,都没有犯戒。食物、成为蓄藏的状态、吃下它——这三项是这里的构成要素。它的等起等,和羊毛学处一样。
Sace pana sambhinnarasaṃ vā hoti duddhotaṃ vā, na vaṭṭati. Yāvakālikañhi attanā saddhiṃ sambhinnarasāni tīṇipi yāmakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti, yāmakālikaṃ dvepi sattāhakālikādīni attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti, sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikameva attano sabhāvaṃ upaneti. Tasmā tena tadahupaṭiggahitena saddhiṃ tadahupaṭiggahitaṃ vā pure paṭiggahitaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ sattāhaṃ kappati, dvīhappaṭiggahitena chāhaṃ, tīhappaṭiggahitena pañcāhaṃ…pe… sattāhappaṭiggahitena tadaheva kappatīti veditabbaṃ. Tasmāyeva hi ‘‘sattāhakālikena, bhikkhave , yāvajīvikaṃ tadahupaṭiggahita’’nti avatvā ‘‘paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhaṃ kappatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Kālayāmasattāhātikkamesu cettha vikālabhojana sannidhibhesajjasikkhāpadānaṃ vasena āpattiyo veditabbā, imesu pana catūsu kālikesu yāvakālikaṃ yāmakālikanti imameva dvayaṃ antovuṭṭhañceva sannidhikārakañca, sattāhakālikaṃ yāvajīvikañca akappiyakuṭiyaṃ nikkhipitumpi vaṭṭati, sannidhimpi na janeti. Akappiyakuṭiyaṃ antovuṭṭhena pana tena saddhiṃ itaradvayaṃ tadahupaṭiggahitampi na vaṭṭati, mukhasannidhi nāma hoti, mahāpaccariyaṃ pana antovuṭṭhaṃ hotīti vuttaṃ. Tattha nāmamattameva nānākaraṇaṃ, āpatti pana dukkaṭameva. Tattha akappiyakuṭi nāma saṅghassa vā upasampannapuggalassa vā santakaṃ vasanatthāya katagehaṃ, tattha sahaseyyappahonake padese vuṭṭhaṃ yāvakālikañca yāmakālikañca saṅghikaṃ vā upasampannapuggalassa vā santakaṃ antovuṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti, tattha pakkaṃ antopakkaṃ nāma, yattha katthaci pana sayaṃ pakkaṃ sāmaṃ pakkaṃ nāma, taṃ sabbaṃ anajjhoharaṇīyaṃ. Tena tena saddhiṃ saṃsaṭṭhampi taṃgatikameva, sabbaṃ ajjhoharantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmā antovuṭṭhaantopakkamocanatthaṃ bhagavatā catasso kappiyabhūmiyo (mahāva. 295) anuññātā, tāsaṃ vinicchayo samantapāsādikāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 295) vutto. Yattha panetā na santi, tattha anupasampannassa santakaṃ katvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Sāmaṃ pākampi punapākaṃ vaṭṭati, asannidhikārake sannidhikārakasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Asannidhikārakasaññino, yāvakālikādīni tīṇi nidahitvā sakaṃ sakaṃ kālaṃ anatikkamitvā, yāvajīvikaṃ sadāpi sati paccaye paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Āmisaṃ, sannidhibhāvo, tassa ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
9. 胜妙食学处注释
9. Paṇītabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条学处中,所谓“殊胜食物”,是指掺有殊胜之物的、由七种谷物做成的食物。就像套上良马的马车被称为“良马车”一样,这里也是如此,掺有殊胜之物的食物就叫“殊胜食物”。不过,那些与殊胜之物掺在一起的东西,才被称为“殊胜食物”;为了说明它们的种类,经文接着说“比如酥油、生酥”等等。其中,酥油等应当依照药食学处中所说的特征来理解。在鱼等当中,凡是符合“水生”所说特征的鱼,就是鱼。至于那些肉可以吃的众生,它们的肉以及奶、酪,是这里所指的东西。像这样,因为与这些酥油等掺在一起而被称为“殊胜食物”的,就是殊胜食物。“无病者”,是指没有这些食物也过得安稳的人。“为自己而乞求”:在这里,如果无病的人乞求纯净的酥油等作为药物,应当按摩诃男学处来处理;如果乞求鱼等四种食物,应当按羹饭乞求来处理;如果乞求掺有酥油等的食物,就按这条学处来处理。这里的判定是这样的:如果这样乞求——“请给掺酥油的饭”“请浇上酥油再给”“请做成酥油混合的再给”“请连酥油一起给”“请给酥油和饭”,这样乞求时,乞求本身犯恶作,接受时犯恶作,每咽下一口就犯一次波逸提。但如果只说“请给酥油饭”,因为并不存在像“米饭”那样一种叫“酥油饭”的东西,所以只按羹饭乞求犯恶作。如果说了“请给掺酥油的饭”之后,对方给了饭,然后说“做成酥油来吃”,并给出生酥、奶等或允许的物品,说“用这个取酥油来吃”,那就按实际情况判定,不犯。如果说“请给牛酥油拌的饭”,对方给牛酥油,或者没有牛酥油时,按前面的方式给生酥等,或者干脆给一头牛,说“用这头牛的酥油来吃”,也按实际情况判定,不犯。但如果被乞求“请给牛酥油”,却给了山羊酥油等,那就属于错给。这样一来,乞求的是甲,给的却是乙,所以不犯。这个道理也适用于“请给山羊酥油”等说法。如果说“请给清净酥油”,却给了不清净的酥油,也是错给。如果说“请给不清净酥油”,而对方给了不清净酥油,那么接受时和受用时都犯恶作。按这个方法,应当理解一切情况下的判定。如果从一处或多处乞求所有酥油等,得到后混在一起,使味道混杂,然后哪怕只用草尖取一滴来吃,也犯九个波逸提。
Navame paṇītabhojanānīti paṇītasaṃsaṭṭhāni sattadhaññanibbattāni bhojanāni. Yathā hi ājaññayutto ratho ‘ājaññaratho’ti vuccati, evamidhāpi paṇītasaṃsaṭṭhāni bhojanāni paṇītabhojanānīti. Yehi pana paṇītehi saṃsaṭṭhāni, tāni ‘paṇītabhojanānī’ti vuccanti, tesaṃ pabhedadassanatthaṃ seyyathidaṃ sappi navanītantiādimāha, tattha sappiādīni bhesajjasikkhāpade (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttalakkhaṇeneva veditabbāni. Macchādīsu pana sabbopi ‘odako’ti (pāci. 260) vuttalakkhaṇo maccho macchoyeva. Yesaṃ pana maṃsaṃ kappati, tesaṃ maṃsañca khīradadhīni ca idhādhippetāni. Evarūpāni paṇītabhojanānīti yāni etehi sappiādīhi saṃsaṭṭhattā ‘paṇītabhojanānī’ti vuccanti, tathārūpāni paṇītabhojanāni. Agilānoti yassa tehi vināpi phāsu hoti. Attano atthāya viññāpetvāti ettha pana yo agilāno suddhāni sappiādīni bhesajjatthāya viññāpeti, so mahānāmasikkhāpadena (pāci. 303) kāretabbo, macchādīni cattāri viññāpento sūpodanaviññattiyā (pāci. 612-613) kāretabbo, sappiādīhi saṃsaṭṭhabhojanāni viññāpento iminā kāretabbo. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehi, sappiṃ ākiritvā dehi, sappimissakaṃ katvā dehi, saha sappinā dehi, sappiñca bhattañca dehī’’ti evaṃ viññāpentassa tāva viññattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, paṭiggahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhoharaṇe ajjhoharaṇe pācittiyaṃ. ‘‘Sappibhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana yasmā sālibhattaṃ viya sappibhattaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā sūpodanaviññattiyā dukkaṭameva hoti. Sace pana ‘‘sappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte bhattaṃ datvā ‘‘sappiṃ katvā bhuñjāhī’’ti navanītakhīrādīni vā kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ vā deti ‘‘iminā sappiṃ gahetvā bhuñjāhī’’ti, yathāvatthukameva. ‘‘Gosappinā bhattaṃ dehī’’ti vutte pana gosappiṃ vā detu, tasmiṃ asati purimanayena navanītādīni vā, gāviṃyeva vā detu ‘‘ito sappinā bhuñjāhī’’ti, yathāvatthukameva. Sace pana ‘‘gosappinā dehī’’ti yācito ajikāsappiādīhi deti, visaṅketaṃ. Evañhi sati aññaṃ yācitena aññaṃ dinnaṃ nāma hoti, tasmā anāpatti, esa nayo ‘‘ajikāsappinā dehī’’tiādīsupi. ‘‘Kappiyasappinā dehī’’ti vutte akappiyasappinā deti, visaṅketameva. ‘‘Akappiyasappinā dehī’’ti vutte akappiyasappināva deti, paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi dukkaṭameva. Iminā nayena sabbapadesu vinicchayo veditabbo. Sace pana sabbehipi sappiādīhi ekaṭṭhāne vā nānāṭṭhāne vā viññāpetvā paṭiladdhaṃ ekato sambhinnarasaṃ katvā tato kusaggena ekabindumpi ajjhoharati, nava pācittiyāni.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,针对乞求美味食物的事情。“无病”是这里后来的补充规定,是不共通的规定,不需要命令,属于三句波逸提。对无病的人当作有病想,或者心存疑惑,犯恶作。若想成有病,在生病时乞求后在无病时吃,病人吃剩的,从亲戚或已受邀的地方得到,为别人而乞求,用自己的财物取得,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。美味食物、无病、已作乞求而获得、吞咽,是这里的四个要素。行途为起因,是行为,不是由想而解脱,不是无心,是制戒所禁止的,是身业、语业,与三种心、三种受相应。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha paṇītabhojanaviññattivatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilāno’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Gilānasaññissa, gilānakāle viññāpetvā agilānassa bhuñjato, gilānassa sesake, ñātakappavāritaṭṭhānato, aññassatthāya viññatte, attano dhanena gahite, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Paṇītabhojanatā, agilānatā, kataviññattiyā paṭilābho, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Addhānasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ , nosaññāvimokkhaṃ, acittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 齿木学处注释
10. Dantaponasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条“未授与”:用身体或身体所带之物拿取的人,站在伸手可及的范围内,从属于身体或身体所带之物的舍堕物品中,以任何一种未经授与的东西,这就叫作“未受持”。因为未受持的东西,即使是比丘自己所有的,也不可以吃。已受持的东西,哪怕是可信赖之人的物品也可以用;它的判定标准,应按照上面所说的反过来理解。如果任何一个未受具足戒的人,哪怕是畜生,站在比丘或比丘尼伸手可及的范围内,用身体等任何一种方式给与,而比丘用身体的任何部分、或身体所带之物、或可移动之物,哪怕是用床,或用能拿得住的东西,哪怕是用不是那里生长的枯树叶,或仅仅用针尖碰触一下来接受,那就成为已受持。这里不存在所谓“系缚物的系缚物”。即使是鼻药被给与时用鼻子接受,或病人口接受,一切都可以,这里只以作意为标准。如果先前已有作意,后来睡着时东西放进钵里,只要在伸手可及的范围内,也成已受持。如果坐着的人心想“我要用钵接受”,东西落在手上,那也可以。从递过来的容器中落下的灰尘也可以。其中站、坐、卧者的伸手可及范围,应按照授食学处中所说的方式来理解。
Dasame adinnanti kāyena vā kāyappaṭibaddhena vā gaṇhantassa hatthapāse ṭhatvā kāyakāyappaṭibaddhanissaggiyānaṃ aññatarena na dinnaṃ, appaṭiggahitakassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakañhi bhikkhuno attano santakampi ajjhoharituṃ na vaṭṭati. Paṭiggahitaṃ antamaso vissāsikasantakampi vaṭṭati, tassa lakkhaṇaṃ vuttavipallāsena veditabbaṃ. Sace hi yo koci anupasampanno antamaso tiracchānopi bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā hatthapāse ṭhito kāyādīnaṃ aññatarena deti, tañce bhikkhunā yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena vā, tappaṭibaddhena vā, saṃhārimena ca antamaso mañcenāpi, dhāretuṃ samatthena ca antamaso atatthajātakarukkhapaṇṇenāpi, sūciyā parāmaṭṭhamattenāpi paṭiggahitaṃ, paṭiggahitameva hoti. Paṭibaddhappaṭibaddhaṃ nāma idha natthi, yampi natthukaraṇiyā diyyamānaṃ nāsikāya, akallako vā mukhena paṭiggaṇhāti, sabbaṃ vaṭṭati, ābhogamattameva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Pubbābhoge ca sati pacchā niddāyantassa patte dinnampi hatthapāse sati paṭiggahitameva hoti. Yampi ‘‘pattena paṭiggaṇhissāmī’’ti nisinnasseva hatthe patati, taṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Abhihaṭabhājanato patitarajampi vaṭṭati, tattha ṭhitanisinnanipannānaṃ pavāraṇāsikkhāpade vuttanayeneva hatthapāso veditabbo.
如果施食的人和接受的人,一个在空中,一个在地上,那就以地上的人头顶为准,把空中的人为了给或拿而伸出的手,以较近的那个部位为界限,判定为伸手可及的范围。如果一个人在井里,一个人在井边,或者一个人在树上,一个人在地上,也按照上面说的方式判定伸手可及的范围。站在那个地方,即使两三个沙弥把中等力气的人能举起来的那样重的东西滚过来,放到比丘放在地上的手上,或者举起来后放在比丘伸出的手上,哪怕只放上一部分,这就算已经接受了。可是,如果乞食时灰尘落进钵里,那就不算接受,所以必须接受了之后再取用。没有接受就取来吃,犯律仪恶作;但如果重新接受后再吃,就没有犯。如果说了“接受后给”,对方没听见或者不理会,仍然给了食物,那就免于律仪恶作,但还是要重新接受,另外再接受别的食物。如果大风吹得各处灰尘落下,没办法取食物,就以清净心作意“我要给未受具足戒的人”,然后取用,这样可以。给了未受具足戒的人之后,再由他给回来,或者因为信任他而接受后食用,这样可以。至于眼泪、唾沫、鼻涕等,从原来位置掉下来落到手上或钵里的,应当接受,沾在肢端上的也算已经接受。正在掉落时如果中途截住,那就不能取,这叫“拔取物”,即使后来再接受也不可以。但如果为了母亲等人需要而拿了药或根果,或者为了遮荫而举起有果子的树枝走着,从中所想要的东西,可以重新接受后食用。如果有人抓住那里长出的有果树枝或藤蔓摇动,他从那里得到的果子不能用,而且犯恶作,别人可以用那些果子。果树可以靠上去或攀附。已经接受后放好的东西,上面又长出别的芽等,那也算已经接受。只要手放开后还没有舍弃意念,或者因为不舍弃意念而手还没放开,就不算舍弃接受。这是这里的简略说明,详细解说则在《一切善见》中说过。
Sace pana dāyakappaṭiggāhakesu eko ākāse hoti, eko bhūmiyaṃ, bhūmaṭṭhassa sīsena ākāsaṭṭhassa ca ṭhapetvā dātuṃ vā gahetuṃ vā pasāritahatthaṃ yaṃ āsannataraṃ aṅgaṃ, tassa orimantena hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Sacepi eko kūpe hoti, eko kūpataṭe, eko vā rukkhe, eko pathaviyaṃ, vuttanayeneva hatthapāsappamāṇaṃ paricchinditabbaṃ. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā sacepi dve tayo vā sāmaṇerā yaṃ majjhimo puriso ukkhipituṃ sakkoti, evarūpaṃ bhāraṃ pavaṭṭentā bhikkhuno bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitahatthaṃ āropenti, ukkhipitvā vā bhikkhuno pasāritahatthe ekadesenāpi ṭhapenti, taṃ paṭiggahitameva hoti. Yaṃ pana piṇḍāya carantassa patte rajaṃ patati, taṃ appaṭiggahitameva hoti, tasmā paṭiggahetvāva bhikkhā gaṇhitabbā. Appaṭiggahetvā gaṇhantassa vinayadukkaṭaṃ, taṃ pana puna paṭiggahetvā bhuñjantassa anāpatti. Sace ‘‘paṭiggahetvā dethā’’ti vutte vacanaṃ assutvā vā anādiyitvā vā bhikkhaṃ dentiyeva, vinayadukkaṭā muccati, puna paṭiggahetvā aññā bhikkhā paṭiggahetabbā. Sace mahāvāto tato tato rajaṃ pāteti, na sakkā hoti bhikkhaṃ gahetuṃ, ‘‘anupasampannassa dassāmī’’ti suddhacittena ābhogaṃ katvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭati. Taṃ anupasampannassa datvā puna tena dinnaṃ vā tassa vissāsena vā paṭiggahetvā bhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Assukheḷasiṅghāṇikādīsu yaṃ ṭhānato cavitvā hatthe vā patte vā patati, taṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, aṅgalaggaṃ paṭiggahitameva. Patantampi vocchinnañce antarā na gahetabbaṃ, uggahitakaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ pacchā paṭiggahitampi na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ pana bhesajjaṃ vā mūlaphalaṃ vā mātādīnaṃ atthāya gahetvā chāyatthāya vā phalinisākhaṃ ukkhipitvā gacchati, tato yaṃ icchati, taṃ puna paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Yo pana tattha jātakaphalinisākhāya vā valliyā vā gahetvā cāleti. Tassa tato laddhaṃ phalaṃ na vaṭṭati, durupaciṇṇadukkaṭañca āpajjati, aññassa taṃ vaṭṭati, phalirukkhaṃ pana apassayituṃ vā ālambituṃ vā vaṭṭati, paṭiggahetvā ṭhapite yaṃ aññaṃ aṅkurādi uppajjati, paṭiggahitameva taṃ. Yāva hi hatthato mutte nirapekkho na hoti, nirapekkhatāya vā hatthato na muccati, tāva na paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahati, ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto.
“口门”是指咽喉管道。因为不管是从嘴巴进去,还是从鼻子进去,只要是要通过喉咙吞下去的,这一切都算是从口门进入的。“食物”是指任何一种东西——不管是时药、夜分药、七日药,还是尽寿药。因为这一切都是要吞下去才能受用的,所以都叫做“食物”。其中,所有谷物或类似谷物的东西,以及椰子、棕榈果、菠萝蜜、面包果、葫芦、南瓜、花瓜、蒂普沙果、埃拉鲁卡果这九种大果,还有其他蔬菜,以及任何可以吃的森林根、叶、花、果等,这一切因为必须在正午之前吃完,所以叫时药。芒果饮、蒲桃饮、香蕉饮、芭蕉饮、蜜饮、葡萄饮、藕根饮、酸枣饮这八种饮品,还有跟它们同类的,比如藤黄果、酸橙、木苹果、迦比陀果、拘萨婆果、迦罗曼陀等小果做成的饮品——所有这些,如果是由未受具足戒的人用冷水捣碎做成的,或者经过太阳晒过的,因为可以放到夜里后夜分再喝,所以叫夜分药。其余允许的果、叶、花汁等,道理也一样。酥油等五种药,因为可以存放七天再受用,所以叫七日药。除了时药、夜分药、七日药这三类,以及非时水之外,其余一切的根、果、非果等物,既不用来嚼食,也不用来当饭吃,因为可以一辈子存着,有需要的时候才受用,所以叫尽寿药。“取来”就是送进嘴里。“除了水和齿木之外”:这句话是为了消除那些在不是食物的地方——比如喝水时以为是食物,或者用齿木时以为“这是从口门拿进来的”——而产生疑惑的人的疑惑。水可以随意喝,齿木也可以当作齿木来用。除了这两样之外,其余的东西如果拿起来是为了吞下去,一拿起来就犯恶作,每吞一口就犯波逸提。即使不知道是齿木的汁液而流进嘴里,也一样犯波逸提。
Mukhadvāranti galanāḷikaṃ. Mukhena vā hi paviṭṭhaṃ hotu, nāsikāya vā, galena ajjhoharaṇīyatāya sabbampi taṃ mukhadvāraṃ pavesitameva hoti. Āhāranti yaṃkiñci yāvakālikaṃ vā yāmakālikaṃ vā sattāhakālikaṃ vā yāvajīvikaṃ vā. Sabbañhetaṃ ajjhoharaṇīyattā ‘āhāro’ti vuccati, tattha sabbampi dhaññaṃ vā dhaññānulomaṃ vā tālanāḷikerapanasalabujaalābukumbhaṇḍapussaphalatipusaphalaeḷālukasaṅkhātaṃ navavidhaṃ mahāphalañceva aparaṇṇañca, yañcaññaṃ vanamūlapattapupphaphalādi āhāratthaṃ pharati, taṃ sabbaṃ yāva majjhanhikakālo, tāva paribhuñjitabbato yāvakālikaṃ nāma. Ambapānaṃ jambupānaṃ cocapānaṃ mocapānaṃ madhukapānaṃ muddikapānaṃ sālūkapānaṃ phārusakapānanti imāni aṭṭha pānāni, yāni ca tesaṃ anulomāni vettatintiṇikamātuluṅgakapiṭṭhakosambakaramandādikhuddakaphalapānāni, etāni sabbāni anupasampannehi sītodakena madditvā katāni ādiccapākāni vā yāva rattiyā pacchimayāmaṃ nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbato yāmakālikāni nāma. Avasesesu anuññātaphalapattapuppharasesupi eseva nayo. Sappiādīni pañca bhesajjāni sattāhaṃ nidahitvā paribhuñjitabbato sattāhakālikāni nāma. Idaṃ pana yāvakālikādittayaṃ kālavimuttañca udakaṃ ṭhapetvā avasesamūlaphalāphalādi yaṃ neva khādanīyatthaṃ na bhojanīyatthaṃ pharati , taṃ yāvajīvaṃ nidahitvā sati paccaye paribhuñjitabbato yāvajīvikaṃ nāma. Āhareyyāti paveseyya. Aññatra udakadantaponāti idaṃ anāhārepi udake āhārasaññāya, dantapone ca ‘‘mukhadvāraṃ āhaṭaṃ ida’’nti saññāya kukkuccāyantānaṃ kukkuccavinodanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Udakañhi yathāsukhaṃ pātuṃ, dantakaṭṭhañca dantaponaparibhogena paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati. Ṭhapetvā pana idaṃ dvayaṃ avasesaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya gaṇhato gahaṇe dukkaṭaṃ, ajjhohāre ajjhohāre pācittiyaṃ, sacepi dantakaṭṭharaso ajānantassa anto pavisati, pācittiyameva.
在毗舍离,因一位比丘而制定:关于以不与而取的方式取用食物。“除了水和齿木之外”——这是此处的随制,是共通制定,不是针对特定事件的命令,归入三句波逸提。对于已受持的食物,若生起未受持想,或心存疑惑,犯恶作。若生起已受持想,对水和齿木,对四种大污秽物,在有因缘时、没有净人时自己拿来受用,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。这里,不听话者和无能力者不算净人,他们属于非净人一边。没有灰时,可以烧干木;没有干木时,也可以从树上砍生木来做;为了取黏土,也可以掘地。但这四种大污秽物,名为“时药”,只有在身命遭受危险的那一刻才可以自己拿;其他时候应当让人受持后再受用。未受持、未许可、没有烟等非吞咽物、吞咽——这是此处犯相的四项要素。其起源等细节,与羊毛学处类似。
Vesāliyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha adinnaṃ āhāraṃ āharaṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra udakadantaponā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti , anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, paṭiggahitake appaṭiggahitasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭiggahitasaññissa, udakadantapone, cattāri mahāvikaṭāni sati paccaye asati kappiyakārake sāmaṃ gahetvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ettha dubbacopi asamatthopi kappiyakārako asantapakkheyeva tiṭṭhati, chārikāya asati sukkhadāruṃ jhāpetvā, tasmiñca asati alladāruṃ rukkhato chinditvāpi kātuṃ, mattikatthāya ca pathaviṃ khaṇitumpi vaṭṭati, idaṃ pana catubbidhampi mahāvikaṭaṃ kālodissaṃ nāma sappadaṭṭhakkhaṇeyeva sāmaṃ gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, aññadā paṭiggāhāpetvā paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Appaṭiggahitakatā, ananuññātatā, dhūmādiabbohārikābhāvo, ajjhoharaṇanti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
第五,裸形外道品
5. Acelakavaggo
裸行者学处的注释
1. Acelakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
裸形外道品第一:对这类裸形外道等别的外道,不管是什么食物,如果一次性给出去,犯一个波逸提;如果一次次分开给,那么每给一次就犯一个波逸提。
Acelakavaggassa paṭhame etesaṃ acelakādīnaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ ekappayogena dentassa ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, avacchinditvā avacchinditvā dentassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在毗舍离,因阿难尊者的事,女游方者布施两个饼,由此因缘而制定。这是不共学处,不是由命令而制,犯三句波逸提。给与水与齿木时,对非外道起外道想,或心有疑惑,犯恶作。对非外道起非外道想,让未受具足戒者给与,在他们面前放下容器说“请拿这个”,或给与放在他们容器里的食物,给与外用药,以及疯癫者等,无犯。此处有三个要素:是外道、未获许可、为了吞咽而亲手将可吞咽之物给与未放容器者。缘起等与羊毛学处相似。
Vesāliyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ārabbha paribbājikāya dve pūve dānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, udakadantaponaṃ dentassa, atitthiye titthiyasaññissa, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Atitthiye atitthiyasaññissa, anupasampannena dāpentassa, tesaṃ santike bhājanaṃ nikkhipitvā ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti bhaṇantassa, tesaṃ vā nikkhittabhājane dentassa, bāhiralepaṃ dentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Aññatitthiyatā, ananuññātatā, ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ ajjhoharaṇatthāya sahatthā anikkhittabhājane dānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānīti.
2. 遣离学处的注释
2. Uyyojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,“令与或未令与”,是指无论什么食物,让人给或没让人给。“遣离”,是指想和女人一起嬉笑、游玩、私下坐着等,就说“去吧”之类的话把她打发走。“即以此”,是指拿这种不正当行为当理由,而不是别的合适的理由。“波逸提”:光是打发走的时候,先犯恶作;当对方一只脚离开能看见或能听见的范围时,再犯一个恶作;两只脚都离开时,犯波逸提。这里,站在露地上时,能看见的范围是十二肘,能听见的范围也一样。如果有墙、门、围栏等挡在中间,只要被这些隔开,就算超出范围了。
Dutiye dāpetvā vā adāpetvā vāti yaṃkiñci āmisaṃ dāpetvā vā na dāpetvā vā. Uyyojeyyāti mātugāmena saddhiṃ hasanakīḷanarahonisajjādīni kattukāmo ‘gacchā’tiādīni vatvā uyyojeyya. Etadevāti etaṃ anācārameva paccayaṃ karitvā, na aññaṃ patirūpaṃ kāraṇaṃ. Pācittiyanti uyyojanamatte tāva dukkaṭaṃ, yadā panassa so dassanūpacāraṃ vā savanūpacāraṃ vā ekena pādena vijahati, aparaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyena vijahite pācittiyaṃ. Ettha ca dassanūpacārassa ajjhokāse ṭhatvā dvādasahatthappamāṇaṃ, tathā savanūpacārassa. Sace pana antarā kuṭṭadvārapākārādayo honti, tehi antaritabhāvoyeva upacārātikkamo.
在舍卫城,因为优波难陀遣离之事而制定。这是共通制定。由于遣离的教令而成为有教令者,犯三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,犯三句恶作。对双方都加以处罚性的呵责,只犯恶作。若以“我们两人没法一起住”等类似正当理由而遣离,以及疯狂者等,无犯。为了行非行而以此为目的遣离已受具足戒者,被遣离者越过附近范围时,就是这里的三项要素。它的等起等,与不与取相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha uyyojanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, uyyojanāṇattikāya sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhinnampi kalisāsanāropane dukkaṭameva, ‘‘ubho ekato na yāpessāmā’’ti evamādīhi patirūpakāraṇehi uyyojentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Anācāraṃ ācaritukāmatā, tadatthameva upasampannassa uyyojanaṃ, evaṃ uyyojitassa upacārātikkamoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
3. 有食学处注释
3. Sabhojanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,关于“与两者一起”:所谓“有食物之家”,就是指在那个有食物的地方。或者,“有食物之家”是指有享用对象,因为被贪欲缠住的男子把女人当作享用对象,女人也把男子当作享用对象,所以在该条的分别解释中说:“既是女人,也是男人”等等(波逸提第281条)。侵入而坐:就是进去以后坐下。如果那户人家里有寝室,那么在大寝室——比如由大四柱厅堂等建成的——要从床铺靠背处离开一臂的距离,在寝室内部的近处坐下;或者在小寝室里,越过中间坐下,这就是它的意思。这样坐下的人,犯波逸提。
Tatiye saha ubhohi janehīti sabhojanaṃ, tasmiṃ sabhojane. Atha vā sabhojaneti sabhoge, rāgapariyuṭṭhitapurisassa hi itthī bhogo, itthiyā ca puriso, tenevassa padabhājane ‘‘itthī ceva hoti, puriso cā’’tiādi (pāci. 281) vuttaṃ. Anupakhajja nisajjaṃ kappeyyāti anupavisitvā nisīdeyya, yaṃ tasmiṃ kule sayanigharaṃ, tassa mahācatussālādīsu katassa mahallakassa piṭṭhasaṅghāṭato hatthapāsaṃ vijahitvā antosayanassa āsanne ṭhāne, khuddakassa vā vemajjhaṃ atikkamitvā nisīdeyyāti attho, evaṃ nisinnassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因优波难陀侵入而坐这件事而制定。这是共通制定,不属于教令类,犯三句波逸提。在非寝室而作寝室想,或者有疑惑的,犯恶作。作非寝室想、没有越过所说的界限而坐、有第二位比丘在场、或者两人都已离开、或者在离欲者当中坐下、以及疯狂者等,无犯。未离欲的男女二人共处一处、是寝室、没有第二位比丘、侵入而坐——这四项是这里的构成要素。其等起等,与第一波罗夷相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha anupakhajja nisajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, asayanighare sayanigharasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Nasayanigharasaññissa, vuttalakkhaṇaṃ padesaṃ anatikkamitvā nisinnassa, bhikkhusmiṃ dutiyake sati, ubhosu nikkhantesu vā, vītarāgesu vā nisīdantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Avītarāgajāyampatikānaṃ sannihitatā, sayanigharatā, dutiyassa bhikkhuno abhāvo, anupakhajja nisīdananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānīti.
第四至第五:关于在隐蔽处覆藏与在隐蔽处独坐的学处注释
4-5. Rahopaṭicchanna-rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四条和第五条学处,是在舍卫城,针对优波难陀,因为隐蔽座位和私下独坐的事情而制定的,是共通制定。这些学处的等起等,和第一条波罗夷一样。其余的解释方式,应当依照不定二法学处中所说的方式来理解。
Catutthapañcamāni sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha paṭicchannāsane ca, raho ca nisajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattāni, sādhāraṇapaññattiyo, etesampi samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāneva. Seso kathānayo aniyatadvaye vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
关于隐蔽处覆藏与隐蔽处独坐这两条学处的注释,到此结束。
Rahopaṭicchanna-rahonisajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.
第六项,行仪学处的注释
6. Cārittasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六项里说的“被邀请”,是指被五种食物中的任何一种邀请。“已经受了食”,是指因为那顿被邀请的饭而成为已受食者。“不告诉在场的比丘”,是指在界内可见范围内看到比丘,本来可以用平常的话告诉他,却没有这样说:“我要去某某家”,或者“我要去俗家走动”之类的话。“食前或食后”,是指不管那顿被邀请的饭已经吃了还是没吃。“去俗家走动”,是指进入被邀请那家之外的其他人家。“除了适当的时候,犯波逸提”,是说如果那位比丘除了上面说的两种适当时机以外,在还没过正午的时候进入其他人家,那么他踏进那户人家的范围时就犯恶作,第一只脚跨过门槛时又犯一个恶作,第二只脚跨过去时就犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe nimantitoti pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantito. Sabhatto samānoti teneva nimantanabhattena sabhatto samāno. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchāti antoupacārasīmāya dassanūpacāre bhikkhuṃ disvā yaṃ sakkā hoti pakativacanena āpucchituṃ, tādisaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ itthannāmassa gharaṃ gacchāmī’’ti vā ‘‘cārittaṃ āpajjāmī’’ti vā īdisena vacanena anāpucchitvā. Purebhattaṃ vā pacchābhattaṃ vāti yena bhattena nimantito, tasmiṃ bhutte vā abhutte vā. Kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjeyyāti yasmiṃ kule nimantito, tato aññāni kulāni paviseyya. Aññatra samayā pācittiyanti sace so bhikkhu vuttalakkhaṇaṃ duvidhampi samayaṃ ṭhapetvā avītivatte majjhanhike aññaṃ kulaṃ pavisati, athassa gharūpacārokkamane dukkaṭaṃ, paṭhamapādena ummāraṃ atikkamantassa aparampi dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapādena atikkame pācittiyaṃ.
在王舍城,针对优波难陀,因行俗家行的事由而制定。“在场的比丘、不告知、食前食后、除适时外”——这里共有四种随制。这是共通制立,非无命令者。此项学处有三项波逸提罪。于未被邀请而有被邀请想者,或疑惑者,犯恶作。于彼有未被邀请想者,于适时告知在场比丘后,无在场比丘而不告知而进入者,经由其他房屋或房屋范围而有道路从此而行者,前往中间寺院、比丘尼住处、外道卧处、聚会堂、供养家者,于灾祸时,疯狂者等,无犯。接受五种食物中任意一种的邀请、不告知在场比丘、从供养家进入其他家、未过午时、无适时或灾祸——这里是五项构成要素。其等起等与第一咖提那相似,但此为有行与无行。
Rājagahe upanandaṃ ārabbha cārittāpajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘santaṃ bhikkhuṃ, anāpucchā, purebhattaṃ pacchābhattaṃ, aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha catubbidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, animantite nimantitasaññissa, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Tasmiṃ animantitasaññissa, samaye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ āpucchitvā, asantaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchitvā pavisato, aññassa gharena vā gharūpacārena vā maggo hoti, tena gacchato, antarārāmabhikkhunupassayatitthiyaseyyapaṭikkamanabhattiyagharāni gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pañcannaṃ bhojanānaṃ aññatarena nimantanasādiyanaṃ, santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchanā, bhattiyagharato aññagharappavisanaṃ, majjhanhikānatikkamo, samayassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
7. 大名学处注释
7. Mahānāmasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七项,四个月病缘邀请,是指为期四个月的因病缘而作的邀请,这一切都是依事相来说的。这里的意思是:不论是四个月的邀请、再次邀请,还是长期邀请,一切都应当接受。不应该说“我现在没有病”就拒绝,而应该以“如果我有病,我会告知”来默许。如果在这之后还继续接受,那么:如果在那里已经用夜数或药物作了限定,比如“只能在这些夜数内、只能告知这些药物”,那么超过那个夜数限定或药物限定之后,把不该当作药物的当作药物来告知,或者把不该当作其他药物的当作其他药物来告知,这样告知的人犯波逸提。
Sattame catumāsappaccayapavāraṇāti cattāro māse gilānappaccayapavāraṇā, sabbañcetaṃ vatthuvasena vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ panettha attho – catumāsapavāraṇā vā hotu, punapavāraṇā vā, niccapavāraṇā vā, sabbāpi sāditabbā, ‘‘idāni mama rogo natthī’’ti na paṭikkhipitabbā, ‘‘roge pana sati viññāpessāmī’’ti adhivāsetabbāti. Tato ce uttari sādiyeyyāti ettha sace tattha rattīhi vā bhesajjehi vā paricchedo kato hoti ‘‘ettakāyeva rattiyo, ettakāni vā bhesajjāni viññāpetabbānī’’ti, atha tato rattipariyantato vā bhesajjapariyantato vā uttari, na bhesajjakaraṇīyena vā bhesajjaṃ, aññabhesajjakaraṇīyena vā aññaṃ bhesajjaṃ viññāpentassa pācittiyaṃ.
在释迦国,因六群比丘为药物而告知之事制定。这是共通制定,不是有人下令的。属于三波逸提:对没有超限却想成超限的人,或对此事心存疑惑的人,犯恶作。对没有超限而想成没有超限的人;如果以被邀请时所说的药物之外的其他药物,或更多更好的药物,在有需要时告知;即使过了被邀请的那些夜数,在有需要时如实说明后告知;以及向亲属告知,或对因个人邀请而被邀请的人、因无限制邀请而被邀请的人告知,或为别人的利益、用自己的财物而告知——这些人,以及疯狂者等,都无犯。僧团邀请的性质、由此告知药物、无病、超过限定,这里是四项构成要素。其等起等与传信相似。
Sakkesu chabbaggiye ārabbha bhesajjaviññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, natatuttari tatuttarisaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Natatuttari natatuttarisaññissa, yehi bhesajjehi pavārito, tato aññehi vā adhikatarehi vā atthe sati, yāsu ca rattīsu pavārito, tā atikkamitvāpi atthe sati yathābhūtaṃ ācikkhitvā viññāpentassa, ye ca ñātake vā puggalikappavāraṇāya pavārite vā apariyantapavāraṇāya vā pavārite, aññassa vā atthāya, attano vā dhanena viññāpenti, tesaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Saṅghapavāraṇatā, tato bhesajjaviññatti, agilānatā, pariyantātikkamoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
8. 出征军学处注释
8. Uyyuttasenāsikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条中,“出征的军队”指已经做好出发准备的,意思就是已经离开村子的军队。“军”指四支组成的军队。“除非有这类因缘”是说:如果没有这类原因,仅仅为了看军队而走,每走一步就犯恶作;站在能看见的范围内看,就犯波逸提。所谓“能看见的范围”,就是站在哪里能看见的地方;如果离开那个范围,又反复去看,每动一次就犯一次波逸提。
Aṭṭhame uyyuttanti katauyyogaṃ, gāmato nikkhantanti attho. Senanti caturaṅginiṃ. Aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti tathārūpe kāraṇe asati kevalaṃ senaṃ dassanatthāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, dassanūpacāre ṭhatvā passato pācittiyaṃ. Dassanūpacāro nāma yattha ṭhito passati, taṃ pana vijahitvā punappunaṃ passato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定了观看军队的学处。“除非有如此因缘”是这里附加的制定,属于共通制定,不另行宣告,是三种波逸提。前往观看象等每一种,都按前面所说的方式犯恶作。同样,对随行军队作随行想,以及心存疑惑的,也犯恶作。但若不是随行想,或者站在寺院里看见来到自己所在之处,或者看见沿路而来的,或者有如此因缘,或者遇到危难,或者疯狂等,则无犯。为了观看出征军队而前往、从允许的地方以外观看、没有如此因缘、没有危难,是这里的四个要素。生起等同类同羊毛论,这是世间罪,不善心,三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha senādassanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra tathārūpappaccayā’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, hatthiādīsu ekamekaṃ dassanāya gamane vuttanayeneva dukkaṭaṃ, tathā anuyyutte uyyuttasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Anuyyuttasaññino pana, ārāme ṭhatvā attano ṭhitokāsaṃ āgataṃ, paṭipathaṃ āgacchantañca passato, tathārūpappaccaye, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Uyyuttasenaṃ dassanatthāya gamanaṃ, anuññātokāsato aññatra dassanaṃ, tathārūpappaccayassa āpadāya vā abhāvoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana lokavajjaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
9. 军中住宿学处注释
9. Senāvāsasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条:如果超过那个时限,也就是超过三夜之后,在第四天太阳落山时,无论他仍然站着、坐着或躺着,即使他以神通在空中示现某种姿势,也仍然是波逸提。
Navame tato ce uttarīti tirattato uttari catutthadivase atthaṅgate sūriye senāya tiṭṭhatu vā nisīdatu vā sayatu vā, sacepi ākāse iddhiyā kañci iriyāpathaṃ kappeti, pācittiyameva.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定了这条学处:在军中住宿超过两夜。这是共通制定,不另行宣告,属三众波逸提。如果住不满两夜却认为已超过,或者心里有疑惑,犯恶作。如果认为还没满两夜;或者在第三夜天亮前离开后又回来住;或者因为生病、为了照顾病人而住;或者被敌军围困、被什么东西挡住;或者遇到危难;或者精神失常等,这些情况都不犯。超过两夜、在军中太阳落山时还住着、没有生病等情形,就是这里说的三个构成要素。生起等方面和羊毛论那条一样。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha atirekatirattaṃ senāya vasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ūnakatiratte atirekasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ūnakasaññissa, tatiyāya rattiyā purāruṇā nikkhamitvā puna vasato, gilānassa vā gilānakaraṇīyena vā vasato, paṭisenāruddhāya senāya, kenaci palibuddhassa, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Tirattātikkamo, senāya sūriyassa atthaṅgamo, gilānatādīnaṃ abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
10. 战场学处注释
10. Uyyodhikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条:反复冲上去、在这里交战,所以叫“战场”(uyyodhika),这是交锋之处的名称。在这里能知道军队的最前列,所以叫“军前列”(balagga),意思是清点兵力的地方。军队的布阵叫“军阵”(senābyūha),这是军队驻扎处的名称。观看阵列叫“观阵”(anīkadassana)。所谓“阵”(anīka),按照“十二人配一头象、三人配一匹马、四人配一辆战车”这个标准,三头象构成最小的象阵;马阵、车阵也是这样。四名手持武器的男子构成最小的步兵阵。为了观看其中任何一种阵而前往,每走一步犯恶作罪;站在能看见的范围内观看,犯波逸提罪;离开那个范围后又反复观看,每做一个动作就犯一次波逸提罪。其余内容应按照“出征军”学处所说的方式来理解,不过这里没有犯相的区别。
Dasame uggantvā uggantvā ettha yujjhantīti uyyodhikaṃ, sampahāraṭṭhānassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Balassa aggaṃ jānanti etthāti balaggaṃ, balagaṇanaṭṭhānanti attho. Senāya viyūhaṃ senābyūhaṃ, senānivesassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Anīkassa dassanaṃ anīkadassanaṃ. Anīkaṃ nāma ‘‘dvādasapuriso hatthī, tipuriso asso, catuppuriso ratho’’tiiminā (pāci. 314) lakkhaṇena tayo hatthī pacchimakaṃ hatthānīkaṃ, assānīkarathānīkesupi eseva nayo. Cattāro pana āvudhahatthā purisā pacchimakaṃ pattānīkaṃ. Etesu yaṃkiñci dassanāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, dassanūpacāre ṭhatvā passato pācittiyaṃ, upacāraṃ pana vijahitvā punappunaṃ passato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Sesaṃ uyyuttasenāsikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ, āpattibhedo panettha natthevāti.
1. 饮酒学处注释
1. Surāpānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在《饮酒品》的第一个学处“饮用谷酒和花酒”中,这里所谓“谷酒”,是用米粉等做成的酒;“花酒”,是用花等发酵制成的酒。这两种酒,从最初下种开始,哪怕只是用草尖沾一点来喝,每喝一次都犯波逸提。
Surāpānavaggassa paṭhame surāmerayapāneti ettha piṭṭhādīhi kataṃ majjaṃ surā, pupphādīhi kato āsavo merayaṃ, tadubhayampi bījato paṭṭhāya kusaggenāpi pivato payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因娑伽多长老一事,制定了饮酒学处。这是共通制定,没有事先宣告,属于三聚波逸提。对不是酒的东西作酒想,或者心里有疑惑,犯恶作。作非酒想,喝颜色、香气、味道像酒的非酒,比如盐水或酸汁;或者为了去掉腥味,加一点酒进去煮汤等;在这些汤等里面,用庵摩罗果汁等把非酒做成像酒一样的饮料,喝了这些,以及疯狂者等人,不犯。是酒,以及饮用它,这里是两个构成要素。生起等情况跟羊毛论相同,但这个是世间罪,是不善心,有三种受。
Kosambiyaṃ sāgatattheraṃ ārabbha majjapivanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, amajje majjasaññissa, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Amajjasaññissa, amajjaṃ majjavaṇṇagandharasaṃ loṇasovīrakaṃ vā suttaṃ vā pivato, vāsaggāhāpanatthaṃ īsakaṃ majjaṃ pakkhipitvā sūpādīni pacanti, tesu sūpasampākādīsu , āmalakarasādīhi amajjaṃ majjasadisaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ karonti, taṃ pivato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Majjabhāvo, tassa pānañcāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana lokavajjaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, tivedananti.
2. 指戳学处注释
2. Aṅgulipatodakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,关于“指戳”:用手指等触碰腋下等部位,称为指戳。另外,无论用身体的哪个部位,出于嬉笑的意图去触碰已受具足戒的人,就犯波逸提。
Dutiye aṅgulipatodaketi aṅgulīhi upakacchakādighaṭṭanaṃ vuccati, apica yena kenaci sarīrāvayavena hasādhippāyassa upasampannaṃ phusato pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘以手指戳人嬉笑而制定此学处。这是共通制定,不属别制,属三聚波逸提。对未受具足戒者,犯三恶作。但在这里,比丘尼对比丘、比丘对比丘尼,都等同于未受具足戒者;在身体相连等一切情况下,都只犯恶作。如果不是出于嬉笑意图,而是因为有事要触碰,以及疯狂者等情况,则无犯。嬉笑意图、以身体触碰已受具足戒者的身体,是这里犯戒的两个要素。其生起等情形与初波罗夷相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha aṅgulipatodakena hasanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, idha pana bhikkhunīpi bhikkhussa, bhikkhu ca bhikkhuniyā anupasampanno eva, kāyappaṭibaddhādīsu sabbattha dukkaṭameva. Na hasanādhippāyassa, sati karaṇīye āmasato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Hasādhippāyatā, upasampannassa kāyena kāyāmasananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānevāti.
3. 戏笑学处注释
3. Hasadhammasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三条,“水中嬉笑法”指在水里嬉戏。所以,如果比丘在没过脚踝的水中行走,怀着嬉笑的意思潜入水中或浮出水面,那么当他为了潜水等目的而进入水中时,每举手一次、每迈步一次,都犯恶作;在每一次潜入和浮出的动作中,都犯波逸提;潜入水中之后在水底行走时,每举手一次、每迈步一次,或者游泳渡水时,用身体的任何一个部位划水,每做一个动作,都犯波逸提。
Tatiye udake hasadhammeti udakakīḷā vuccati. Tasmā yo bhikkhu uparigopphake udakeyeva gacchanto hasādhippāyo nimujjati vā ummujjati vā, tassa nimujjanādīnaṃ atthāya otarantassa hatthavāre padavāre dukkaṭaṃ, nimujjanummujjanesu payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ, nimujjitvā antoudakeyeva gacchantassa hatthavārapadavāresu, tarantassa vā yena yena aṅgena tarati, tassa tassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对十七群比丘,因为水中嬉戏这件事而制定。这是共通制定的学处,不是因教诫而犯。有三种情况犯波逸提:在水中,对不是嬉戏的事而有嬉戏的想法,或者心里有疑惑,犯恶作;同样,在船上嬉戏时,用手、脚、木棒或瓦片打水;把容器里的水、酸粥等或者泥浆拿来玩投掷游戏,犯恶作。不过,为了阐明意义而截取文字是允许的。如果不是出于嬉笑的目的,而是因为有该做的事而进入水中、沉入浮出等,或者渡到对岸,或者遇到危难时,以及精神失常者等,无犯。水没过脚踝,并且以嬉笑为目的而嬉戏,这是这里的两个要素。此罪的生起等与第一条波罗夷相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sattarasavaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha udake kīḷanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, udake ahasadhamme hasadhammasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā nāvāya kīḷato hatthena vā pādena vā kaṭṭhena vā kathalāya vā udakaṃ paharato, bhājanagataṃ udakaṃ vā kañjikādīni vā cikkhallaṃ vā khipanakīḷāya kīḷato dukkaṭaṃ. Atthajotakaṃ pana akkharaṃ chindituṃ vaṭṭati. Na hasādhippāyassa, sati karaṇīye otaritvā nimujjanādīni karontassa, pāraṃ gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Uparigopphakatā, hasādhippāyena kīḷananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisānīti.
4. 不恭敬学处注释
4. Anādariyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四,不恭敬,是指对人或对法做出不尊重的行为。所以,如果一位比丘被受了具足戒的人依据已制定的学处教诫时,因为不愿意照他的话去做,或者不愿意学习那个法,而表现出不恭敬,那么他就在这个不恭敬的行为上犯了波逸提。
Catutthe anādariyeti puggalassa vā dhammassa vā anādarakaraṇe. Tasmā yo bhikkhu upasampannena paññattena vuccamāno tassa vā vacanaṃ akattukāmatāya, taṃ vā dhammaṃ asikkhitukāmatāya anādariyaṃ karoti, tassa tasmiṃ anādariye pācittiyaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因阐那长老的不恭敬行为这件事而制定;这是共通制定,不是针对个人的教诫;属于三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,是三句恶作。已受具足戒者或未受具足戒者,用非所制定的方式——比如“这不是导向损减”等——来教诫时,即使有不恭敬,也只是恶作。但如果是依照传承诵习,说“这是我们师长的诵习和遍问”,以及精神失常者等,则无犯。这里有两个要素:已受具足戒者以所制学处教诫,以及作不恭敬。它的生起等与不与取相似,但这个是苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha anādariyakaraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, upasampannena vā anupasampannena vā ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāya saṃvattatī’’tiādinā nayena apaññattena vuccamānassa anādariyepi dukkaṭameva. Paveṇiāgataṃ pana uggahaṃ gahetvā ‘‘evaṃ amhākaṃ ācariyānaṃ uggaho paripucchā’’ti (pāci. 344) bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa paññattena vacanaṃ, anādariyakaraṇanti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
5. 恐吓学处注释
5. Bhiṃsāpanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“恐吓”是指:为了吓唬对方,而展示色相之类的东西,或者说令人恐惧的话。至于对方到底有没有被吓到,不管他怕不怕,做这件事的比丘都犯波逸提。
Pañcame bhiṃsāpeyyāti bhiṃsāpanatthaṃ rūpādīni upasaṃhareyya, bhayānakakathaṃ vā katheyya. So pana bhāyatu vā, mā vā, itarassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘,就恐吓之事而制定;是共通制定,不是针对个人的教诫;属于三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,是三句恶作。不是想恐吓而那样做的,以及精神失常者等,无犯。已受具足戒,以及在对方看见或听见的范围内、以想恐吓之心而努力,这里是两个构成要素。其生起等与前一学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha bhiṃsāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ. Anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, na bhiṃsāpetukāmassa tathā karoto, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, tassa dassanasavanavisaye bhiṃsāpetukāmatāya vāyāmananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasikkhāpadasadisānevāti.
第六,火光学处注释
6. Jotisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,“想取暖”是指想要烤火。“应该点燃”是指让它烧起来;“除了那种因缘之外”是指除了点灯、或者在煮饭等事情里生火这类因缘之外。这里的判定是这样的:如果是自己点火,从架好钻火木开始,一直到火焰还没生起来之前,这中间所有动作都犯恶作;火焰生起来的时候,犯波逸提。如果是叫别人点火,下命令的时候犯恶作;一次命令让那个人点了很多次,也只犯一个波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe visibbanāpekkhoti tappitukāmo. Samādaheyyāti jāleyya, aññatra tathārūpappaccayāti padīpujjālanaṃ vā pattapacanādīsu jotikaraṇaṃ vāti evarūpaṃ paccayaṃ vinā. Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayo – sayaṃ samādahantassa araṇisaṇṭhāpanato paṭṭhāya yāva jālā na uṭṭhahati, tāva sabbappayogesu dukkaṭaṃ, jāluṭṭhāne pācittiyaṃ. Samādahāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, sakiṃ āṇattena bahumpi samādahite ekameva pācittiyaṃ.
在跋伽国,针对众多比丘,因为生火取暖这件事而制定:无病、除非有那样的因缘,这是此处两条随制;共通制定,有教诫者;三句波逸提。对无病的人作无病想,或者心存疑惑,犯恶作;同样,把已翻转的炭火取出来,以及把没有烧透的取出来放回原处,也犯恶作。但如果点燃已经烧透的,就只是波逸提。对病者作病想,用别人做好的火,或者用已失去热度的炭火取暖,在灯火、火室等类因缘中,在灾难时,以及精神失常者等,无犯。无病、没有开许的因缘、想取暖、点燃,是这里的四个要素。其生起等,应知如媒嫁学处中所说的方法。
Bhaggesu sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha jotiṃ samādahitvā visibbanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘agilāno, aññatra tathārūpappaccayā’’ti imānettha dve anupaññattiyo, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, gilānassa agilānasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā paṭilātaṃ ukkhipantassa, tañca avijjhātaṃ ukkhipitvā yathāṭhāne ṭhapentassa. Vijjhātaṃ pana jālayato pācittiyameva. Gilānassa gilānasaññissa , aññena kataṃ vā vītaccitaṅgāraṃ vā visibbentassa, padīpajotikajantāgharādike tathārūpappaccaye, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Agilānatā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, visibbetukāmatā, samādahananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcaritte vuttanayeneva veditabbānīti.
7. 沐浴学处注释
7. Nahānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七,“应当沐浴”——如果有比丘在中土地区,从沐浴日算起,半个月还没满,除了开许的时候以外,心里想“我要沐浴”,而准备沐浴粉或泥土,那么从那时起,在一切相关行为中都犯恶作;沐浴结束时,犯波逸提。在开许的时候中,即使只是清扫精舍,也算作务之时;想要走半由旬路的人,正在走的时候,或者已经走到的时候,算行路之时;被带尘土的风吹到,身上落了两三滴水,算风雨之时。其余内容很清楚。
Sattame nahāyeyyāti yo bhikkhu majjhimadese nahānadivasato paṭṭhāya addhamāse apuṇṇe aññatra samayā ‘‘nahāyissāmī’’ti cuṇṇaṃ vā mattikaṃ vā abhisaṅkharoti, tassa tato paṭṭhāya sabbappayogesu dukkaṭaṃ, nahānapariyosāne pācittiyaṃ. Samayesu pariveṇasammajjanamattampi kammasamayo, addhayojanaṃ gantukāmassa, gacchato, gatassa vā addhānagamanasamayo, sarajena vātena okiṇṇassa dvīsu vā tīsu vā udakaphusitesu kāye patitesu vātavuṭṭhisamayoti veditabbo. Sesaṃ uttānameva.
在王舍城,针对众多比丘不知节制而沐浴一事制定了这条学处。“除了适当的时候”在这里是六种追加制定,是共通制定,不是无教令,属于三句波逸提。超过半月而以为是未满半月,或者有疑惑,犯恶作。如果认为是超过半月,或者在适当的时候沐浴,或者渡河时扬起沙子、在挖出的坑里沐浴,这些人,以及边地所有民众、危难时、精神失常者等,都无犯。中间地区、未满半月、没有适当的时候、没有渡河、没有危难,这里是三个要素。等起等与羊毛戒相似。
Rājagahe sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha na mattaṃ jānitvā nahāyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra samayā’’ti ayamettha chabbidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, atirekaddhamāse ūnakasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Atirekasaññissa, samaye vā nahāyantassa, yo vā nadīpāraṃ gacchanto vālukaṃ ukkiritvā kataāvāṭesupi nahāyati, tassa, paccantime janapade sabbesaṃ, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Majjhimadeso, ūnakaddhamāse nahānaṃ, samayānaṃ vā nadīpāragamanassa vā āpadānaṃ vā abhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisānevāti.
8. 作坏色学处注释
8. Dubbaṇṇakaraṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条里,“他得到”就是所得,所得本身就是“得”。他得到了什么?是衣。什么样的衣?新衣。所以本来应该说“navacīvaralābhena”(因获得新衣),但没有做鼻音省略,就说成了“navaṃcīvaralābhena”,意思是“以所获得的新衣”。中间那两个词只是虚词而已。“比丘”是用来指出是谁得到了衣,其余部分从词义上看本来就很清楚。不过这里要这样判定:得到适合做下衣或上衣的衣之后,等那件衣染好色,在任何地方,用铜青色、叶青色、泥色或任何一种黑色,取一个相当于孔雀眼纹、环纹或指节纹大小的点净标记,然后才能使用那件衣;如果没有取标记就使用,就犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame alabhīti labho, labho eva lābho, kiṃ alabhi? Cīvaraṃ, kīdisaṃ? Navaṃ, iti ‘‘navacīvaralābhenā’’ti vattabbe anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā navaṃcīvaralābhenāti vuttaṃ, paṭiladdhanavacīvarenāti attho. Majjhe ṭhitapadadvaye panāti nipātamattaṃ. Bhikkhunāti yena laddhaṃ, tassa nidassanaṃ, sesaṃ padatthato uttānameva. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – nivāsanapārupanupagaṃ cīvaraṃ labhitvā tassa niṭṭhitarajanassa yasmiṃ vā tasmiṃ vā padese kaṃsanīlena vā pattanīlena vā kaddamena vā yena kenaci kāḷakena vā morakkhimaṇḍalamaṅgulapiṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarappamāṇaṃ kappabinduṃ ādiyitvā taṃ cīvaraṃ paribhuñjitabbaṃ, anādiyitvā paribhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因众多比丘对自己衣不知晓的事件而制定,这是共通制定,非指令性,三句波逸提。对已取标记的衣生起未取标记想,或心有疑惑,犯恶作。若生起已取标记想,标记已灭,在已作标记处破损,以已作标记的与未作标记的缝合,后来加上的纽扣、防风边、补丁等,使用这些的,以及疯癫者等,无犯。上述种类的衣未作标记,非衣已失等,或作下衣或上衣,此处有三支。其等起等与羊毛戒相似,但此为有行与无行。
Sāvatthiyaṃ sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha attano cīvaraajānanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ādinne anādinnasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ādinnasaññissa , kappe naṭṭhe, kappakatokāse jiṇṇe, kappakatena akappakate saṃsibbite, pacchā āropitesu aggaḷaanuvātaparibhaṇḍesu taṃ paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vuttappakārassa cīvarassa akatakappakatā, na naṭṭhacīvarāditā, nivāsanaṃ vā pārupanaṃ vāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni eḷakalomasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
第九、代持学处的注释
9. Vikappanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条中,“代持之后”这里有两种代持:当面代持和背后代持。什么是当面代持?先弄清楚那些衣是单件还是多件、是放在跟前还是没放在跟前,然后说“这件衣”或“这些衣”或“那件衣”或“那些衣”,接着说“我为你代持”,这就是第一种当面代持。做到这一步,可以存放,但不能使用、不能送人、也不能决意。如果对方说“这是我的东西,我的这些东西,你拿去用、送人、或者随缘处理吧”,这就叫“出离”,从这时起使用等都可以了。另一种方式:同样先弄清楚那些衣是单件还是多件、是放在跟前还是没放在跟前,然后当着那位比丘的面,说“这件衣”或“这些衣”或“那件衣”或“那些衣”,再从五位同法者中随便挑一位,取他的名字,说“我代持给提舍比丘”,或者说“我代持给提舍比丘尼、在学尼、沙弥、提舍沙弥尼”,这是另一种当面代持。做到这一步,可以存放,但使用等一概不行。如果那位比丘说“提舍比丘的东西……提舍沙弥尼的东西,你拿去用、送人、或者随缘处理吧”,这就叫“出离”,从这时起使用等都可以了。
Navame vikappetvāti ettha dve vikappanā sammukhāvikappanā parammukhāvikappanā ca. Kathaṃ sammukhāvikappanā hoti? Cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā ‘tuyhaṃ vikappemī’ti vattabbaṃ, ayamekā sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhuñjituṃ pana vissajjetuṃ vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vā na vaṭṭati. ‘‘Mayhaṃ santakaṃ, mayhaṃ santakāni paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti (pāci. 374) evaṃ pana vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti. Aparo nayo, tatheva cīvarānaṃ ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā tasseva bhikkhuno santike ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā pañcasu sahadhammikesu aññatarassa attanā abhirucitassa yassa kassaci nāmaṃ gahetvā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno vikappemī’’ti vā ‘‘tissāya bhikkhuniyā, sikkhamānāya, sāmaṇerassa, tissāya sāmaṇeriyā vikappemī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ, ayaṃ aparāpi sammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā ‘‘tissassa bhikkhuno santakaṃ…pe… tissāya sāmaṇeriyā santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭanti.
什么是背后代持?同样地,先弄清楚那些衣是单件还是多件、是放在近处还是远处,然后说“这件衣”或“这些衣”或“那件衣”或“那些衣”,接着说:“我把它交给你代持。”对方应当问:“谁是你的朋友或熟人?”然后这一方要像前面那样说“提舍比丘”等等,乃至“提舍沙弥尼”。接着那位比丘要说:“我交给提舍比丘”等等,乃至“我交给提舍沙弥尼”,这就是背后代持。到这一步,可以存放,但使用等一概不允许。如果那位比丘按照第二种面前代持中所说的方式,说“某某的所有物,你使用、或送人、或随缘处置吧”,这就叫作出离,从那时起使用等就都可以了。钵的代持也是同样的做法。总之,在这两种代持中,无论用哪一种代持方式,把衣代持给五位同法者中的任何一位之后,如果没有按所说的方式作出离,或者对已经作过羯磨的人,或者没有以亲厚想而取用,就犯波逸提。
Kathaṃ parammukhāvikappanā hoti? Cīvarānaṃ tatheva ekabahubhāvaṃ sannihitāsannihitabhāvañca ñatvā ‘imaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘imāni cīvarānī’ti vā ‘etaṃ cīvara’nti vā ‘etāni cīvarānī’ti vā vatvā ‘‘tuyhaṃ vikappanatthāya dammī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Tena vattabbo ‘‘ko te mitto vā sandiṭṭho vā’’ti. Tato itarena purimanayeneva ‘tisso bhikkhū’ti vā…pe… ‘tissā sāmaṇerī’ti vā vattabbaṃ. Puna tena bhikkhunā ‘‘ahaṃ tissassa bhikkhuno dammī’’ti vā…pe… ‘‘tissāya sāmaṇeriyā dammī’’ti vā vattabbaṃ , ayaṃ parammukhāvikappanā. Ettāvatā nidhetuṃ vaṭṭati, paribhogādīsu ekampi na vaṭṭati. Tena pana bhikkhunā dutiyasammukhāvikappanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva ‘‘itthannāmassa santakaṃ paribhuñja vā vissajjehi vā yathāpaccayaṃ karohī’’ti vutte paccuddhāro nāma hoti, tato pabhuti paribhogādayopi vaṭṭantīti. Pattavikappanāyampi eseva nayo. Iti imāsu dvīsu vikappanāsu yāya kāyaci vikappanāya pañcasu sahadhammikesu yassa kassaci cīvaraṃ vikappetvā vuttanayena akatappaccuddhāraṃ vā yena vinayakammaṃ kataṃ, tassa vā vissāsena aggahetvā paribhuñjantassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因优波难陀而起,针对“未舍弃就使用”这件事而制定:这是共通制定,不是个别指令,属于三句波逸提。如果对它作决意或舍弃,犯恶作;同样,对已舍弃的却生起未舍弃想,或心有疑惑,也犯恶作。如果生起已舍弃想,以信任而使用,以及疯癫者等,无犯。自己代持而未舍弃、衣是可代持之物、使用,这里有三支。等起等与初咖提那戒相同,但这一条是有行与无行。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha appaccuddhāraṇaṃ paribhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, taṃ pana adhiṭṭhahantassa vā vissajjentassa vā dukkaṭaṃ, tathā paccuddhāraṇe appaccuddhāraṇasaññissa vematikassa vā. Paccuddhāraṇasaññissa pana vissāsena paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sāmaṃ vikappitassa appaccuddhāro, vikappanupagacīvaratā, paribhogoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
10. 藏匿学处的注释
10. Apanidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条中,“钵”是指可以用来决意的。“衣”是指可以用来代持的。“坐具”是指有边缘的。所谓“针筒”,是指带针或不带针的。“腰带”是指布带或猪肠带。“藏匿”是指移开后藏起来。“以笑为期望”是指以笑为目的。犯波逸提:自己藏匿的,犯波逸提;指使别人藏匿的,在发令时犯恶作;因为那人藏匿了,另一人犯波逸提。
Dasame pattanti adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ. Cīvaranti vikappanupagaṃ. Nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccati. Sūcigharaṃ nāma sasūcikaṃ vā asūcikaṃ vā. Kāyabandhanaṃ nāma paṭṭikā vā sūkarantakaṃ vā. Apanidheyyāti apanetvā nidaheyya. Hasāpekkhoti hasādhippāyo. Pācittiyanti sayaṃ apanidhentassa pācittiyaṃ, aññaṃ āṇāpentassa āṇattiyā dukkaṭaṃ, tena apanihite itarassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘藏匿物品一事而制定。这是共通制定,有教唆的情况,犯三条波逸提;对未受具足戒者,犯三条恶作。不过,除了前面说的钵等物之外,藏匿受具足戒者或未受具足戒者拥有的其他资具,只犯恶作。如果是为了把放错地方的东西收好,或者心想“我说完法再还给他”而收起来,以及精神失常者等人,则无犯。藏匿受具足戒者拥有的钵等物,并且想要让他苦恼或出于开玩笑的目的,这就是这里的两项要素。其等起等,与不予取相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha apanidhānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, vuttappakārāni pana pattādīni ṭhapetvā aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ upasampannassa vā anupasampannassa vā santakaṃ apanidhentassa dukkaṭameva. Dunnikkhittaṃ paṭisāmentassa, ‘‘dhammakathaṃ katvā dassāmī’’ti paṭisāmentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa santakānaṃ pattādīnaṃ apanidhānaṃ, vihesetukāmatā vā hasādhippāyatā vāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisānīti.
第七品 有生命之水品
7. Sappāṇakavaggo
7. 故意学处注释
1. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在“有虫水品”的第一条里,“众生”指的是畜生道的众生。杀它,不论是小生物还是大生物,都只是犯波逸提。不过,如果杀的是大生物,因为加行大,不善业也就大。
Sappāṇakavaggassa paṭhame pāṇoti tiracchānagatapāṇo adhippeto. Taṃ khuddakampi mahantampi mārentassa pācittiyameva, mahante pana upakkamamahantatāya akusalaṃ mahantaṃ hoti.
在舍卫城,因优陀夷长老而制定,缘于夺人生命这件事。这是共通制定,涉及教唆。对众生有疑、对非众生作众生想,或有疑者,犯恶作。作非众生想、非故意、不知情、没有杀意,以及精神失常等,则无犯。其余按杀人戒中所述。
Sāvatthiyaṃ udāyittheraṃ ārabbha pāṇaṃ jīvitā voropanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, pāṇe vematikassa, apāṇe pāṇasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ . Apāṇasaññissa, asañcicca, ajānantassa, namaraṇādhippāyassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sesaṃ manussaviggahe vuttanayamevāti.
2. 有生命学处之解释
2. Sappāṇakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二项,“有虫”是指那些因为使用而死的虫。有这些虫,就叫有虫。如果明知是这样还拿来用,那么每用一次就犯一次波逸提。
Dutiye sappāṇakanti ye pāṇakā paribhogena maranti, tehi sappāṇakaṃ, tādisañhi jānaṃ paribhuñjantassa payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因为六群比丘,针对明知水中有活物还使用水这件事而制定。这里其余的内容,应当依照浇洒学处中所说的方式来理解。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha jānaṃ sappāṇakaṃ udakaṃ paribhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha siñcanasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
3. 翻案学处注释
3. Ukkoṭanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第三条学处里,“如法”是指:为了平息某件诤事而宣说的法,就依那个法来平息。“已决断的诤事”是指诤事已经被决断,意思是依靠导师在《止犍度》等中所说的法而平息。至于平息的具体方式,我会在讲诤事平息时说明。“为再作而翻案”是指:到那位比丘那里,说“这事还没作”之类的话,为了重新作而煽动。不让他按已经成立的状态维持下去,这样做的人犯波逸提。不过,凡是依法已经决断的诤事,就是彻底决断了的。如果在僧事还没作完时提出反对,应当先说服他,然后再作。否则,僧事就会失效,作事的人也会犯戒。
Tatiye yathādhammanti yo yassa adhikaraṇassa vūpasamāya dhammo vutto, teneva dhammena. Nihatādhikaraṇanti nihataṃ adhikaraṇaṃ, samathakkhandhake (cūḷava. 185 ādayo) satthārā vuttadhammeneva vūpasamitanti attho, vūpasamananayaṃ panassa adhikaraṇasamathesu dassayissāma. Punakammāya ukkoṭeyyāti tassa tassa bhikkhuno santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘akataṃ kamma’’ntiādīni (pāci. 394) vadanto punakaraṇatthāya uccāleyya. Yathāṭhitabhāvena patiṭṭhātuṃ na dadeyya, tassevaṃ karontassa pācittiyaṃ. Yaṃ pana dhammena adhikaraṇaṃ nihataṃ , taṃ sunihatameva. Sace vippakate kamme paṭikkosati, taṃ saññāpetvā kātabbaṃ. Itarathā kammañca kuppati, kārakānañca āpatti.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘就翻案一事而制定。这是共通制定,没有教唆。对如法羯磨有疑惑的,对非法羯磨作如法羯磨想的,或者有疑惑的,犯恶作。对两者都作非法羯磨想的,明知“以非法、以别众、对非堪任者作了羯磨”的,以及疯癫者等,无犯。如法决断、明知、翻案,这里就是三个要素。等起等与不与取相似,但这个是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha ukkoṭanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa vā dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayesu adhammakammasaññissa, ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā akammārahassa vā kammaṃ kata’’nti jānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Yathādhammaṃ nihatabhāvo, jānanā, ukkoṭanāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
4. 粗恶学处解释
4. Duṭṭhullasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四项里,“粗重”指的是僧残。不管用什么方式知道了这件事,却加以覆藏,就犯波逸提。即使他心里想“我现在不向任何比丘告发”,把责任放下,过后才告发,也犯波逸提,而且是在已经犯戒之后才告发。但如果他这样把责任放下后,纯粹是为了覆藏而告诉另一个人,那个人又告诉另一个人,这样辗转下去,直到一百个沙门都照样犯戒,只要边际还没断,就一直犯。那边际怎么才算断呢?如果犯戒的人告诉了一个人,那个人又告诉了另一个人,而这个人又回过头来告诉最初被告发的那个人,这样,当第三个人告诉第二个人时,边际就断了。
Catutthe duṭṭhullanti saṅghādisesaṃ adhippetaṃ, taṃ yena kenaci upāyena ñatvā paṭicchādentassa pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi ‘‘na dāni naṃ kassaci bhikkhuno ārocessāmī’’ti dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā pacchā āroceti, pācittiyaṃ, āpajjitvāva ārocessati. Sace pana evaṃ dhuraṃ nikkhipitvā paṭicchādanatthameva aññassa āroceti, sopi aññassāti etenupāyena samaṇasatampi āpajjatiyeva tāva, yāva koṭi na chijjati. Kathaṃ pana koṭi chijjati? Sace hi āpanno ekassa āroceti, sopi aññassa āroceti, so nivattitvā yenassa ārocitaṃ, tasseva āroceti, evaṃ tatiyena puggalena dutiyassa ārocite koṭi chinnā hoti.
在舍卫城,因为某位比丘,针对覆藏粗重罪这件事制定了学处。这是不共通的制定,没有教唆。对粗重罪的最初句,犯波逸提;对其余两句,犯恶作。对非粗重罪,三句都犯恶作。对未受具足戒者,不论粗重或非粗重的邪行,都只是犯恶作。如果心想“僧团将会发生纷争等”,或者心想“这人粗暴、粗恶,会造成生命障碍或梵行障碍”,而不告发;没有见到合适的比丘;不想覆藏;心想“他会因自己的行为而被人知道”所以不告发;以及精神失常者等,都无犯。了知受具足戒者犯了粗重罪,心想“我因为想覆藏而不告发”,就此放下责任,这里有两个要素。其等起等,与教诫相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha duṭṭhullāpattipaṭicchādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, duṭṭhullāya āpattiyā ādipade pācittiyaṃ, itaresu dvīsu dukkaṭaṃ, aduṭṭhullāya tikadukkaṭaṃ, anupasampannassa duṭṭhulle vā aduṭṭhulle vā ajjhācāre dukkaṭameva. ‘‘Saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni bhavissantī’’ti (pāci. 401) vā ‘‘ayaṃ kakkhaḷo pharuso jīvitantarāyaṃ vā brahmacariyantarāyaṃ vā karissatī’’ti vā anārocentassa, patirūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ apassato , na chādetukāmassa, ‘‘paññāyissati sakena kammenā’’ti anārocentassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa duṭṭhullāpattijānanaṃ, ‘‘paṭicchādetukāmatāya nārocessāmī’’ti dhuranikkhepoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni samanubhāsanasaasānevāti.
5. 未满二十岁学处注释
5. Ūnavīsativassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,“未满二十岁”是指从结生那一刻算起,还没满二十岁。“若令受具足戒”是指作为戒师给他授具足戒。那个人不管授戒的人知道还是不知道他未满二十岁,受了具足戒也仍然不算真正受具足戒。不过,如果他在满十夏之后为别人授具足戒,把那个人排除在外,僧团人数够的话,那人就算善受具足戒。在还不知道的时候,他既没有天界的障碍,也没有解脱的障碍;但一旦知道了,就必须重新受具足戒。“那些比丘应当受到呵责”是指除了戒师以外,其余比丘都应当受到呵责,他们全都犯恶作罪。“此罪落在那个人身上就是波逸提”是说,有人作为戒师给人授具足戒时,应当知道波逸提罪就落在这个戒师身上。因此,如果有人心想“我要这样给他授具足戒”,而去寻找僧团、或戒师、或钵、或衣,或者指定结界,或者划定水界,在这些所有环节中,白羯磨时以及两番羯磨语时都犯恶作罪,羯磨语结束时犯波逸提。
Pañcame ūnavīsativassanti paṭisandhiggahaṇato paṭṭhāya aparipuṇṇavīsativassaṃ. Upasampādeyyāti upajjhāyo hutvā upasampādeyya. So ca puggalo anupasampannoti jānantenāpi ajānantenāpi upasampādito anupasampannova. Sace pana so dasavassaccayena aññaṃ upasampādeti, tañce muñcitvā gaṇo pūrati, sūpasampanno. Sopi yāva na jānāti, tāva tassa neva saggantarāyo na mokkhantarāyo, ñatvā pana puna upasampajjitabbaṃ. Te ca bhikkhū gārayhāti ṭhapetvā upajjhāyaṃ avasesā gārayhā honti, sabbe dukkaṭaṃ āpajjanti. Idaṃ tasmiṃ pācittiyanti yo pana upajjhāyo hutvā upasampādeti, tasmiṃyeva puggale idaṃ pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tasmā yo ‘‘evaṃ upasampādessāmī’’ti gaṇaṃ vā ācariyaṃ vā pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā pariyesati, sīmaṃ vā sammannati (pāci. 404), udakukkhepaṃ vā paricchindati, so etesu sabbakiccesu ñattiyā, dvīsu ca kammavācāsu dukkaṭāni āpajjitvā kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyaṃ āpajjati.
在王舍城,因为众多比丘给未满二十岁的人授具足戒这件事,制定了这条学处。这是不共通于他人的制定,不是出于命令。对未满二十岁的人有疑,对已满二十岁的人作未满想,以及对此有疑,犯恶作罪。在两种情况下都作已满想,以及疯狂者等,无犯。未满二十岁、作未满想、授具足戒,这里是三个要素。其起源等与不与取戒相似,但这条属于制定罪,三心、三受。
Rājagahe sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha ūnavīsativassaṃ upasampādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ūnavīsativasse vematikassa, paripuṇṇavīsativasse ūnakasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhayattha paripuṇṇasaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ūnavīsativassatā, ūnakasaññitā, upasampādananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第六、盗贼商队学处的注释
6. Theyyasatthasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六,如果有些盗贼想要欺骗国王或逃避关税,已经作案或还没作案,正在路上走;有人知道他们是盗贼商队,明白他们就是盗贼商队后,和他们商量好一起上路,那么在他与盗贼商队约定时以及一起行路时,应当按照《教诫品》中所说的方法来判定犯戒情况。
Chaṭṭhe ye rājānaṃ vā vañcetvā suṅkaṃ vā pariharitukāmā corā katakammā ceva akatakammā ca maggappaṭipannā, tesu idha theyyasatthasaññino tassa theyyasatthabhāvaṃ ñatvā tena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya gacchantassa saṃvidhāne ca gamane ca ovādavagge vuttanayena āpattivinicchayo veditabbo.
在舍卫城,针对一位比丘和盗贼商队约好一起上路这件事而制定。这是共同制定的学处,不是别人命令他做的。如果众人没有约定,而他自己主动约好一起走;对盗贼商队有怀疑;把不是盗贼商队当成盗贼商队;以及对此有怀疑——这些情况都犯恶作罪。如果认为是非盗贼商队,或者没有约定,或者不在约定时间,或者遇到危难时上路,以及疯子等人——这些情况不犯。盗贼商队的性质、知道是盗贼商队、约定、不在约定时间上路,这里是四个构成要素。从盗贼商队而生起,是行为,以想为解脱,有心,属于制教罪,身业、语业,三种心、三种受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha theyyasatthena saddhiṃ saṃvidhāya ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, manussesu asaṃvidahantesu sayameva saṃvidahitvā gacchantassa, theyyasatthe vematikassa, atheyyasatthe theyyasatthasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Atheyyasatthasaññissa, asaṃvidahitvā vā kālavisaṅketena vā, āpadāsu vā, gacchantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Theyyasatthabhāvo, jānanaṃ, saṃvidhānaṃ, avisaṅketena gamananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, paṇṇattivajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
第七、关于约定学处的注释
7. Saṃvidhānasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第七学处是在舍卫城,因为一位比丘与女人一起走上同一条路这件事而制定的。这里剩下的内容,应当依照比丘尼“约定学处”里已经说过的方式来了知。
Sattame sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha mātugāmena saddhiṃ ekaddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha bhikkhuniyā saddhiṃ saṃvidhānasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
8. 阿利咤学处注释
8. Ariṭṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条学处:能障碍生天和解脱的,就叫作障碍法。它们按业、烦恼、异熟、诽谤和违犯制教这五个方面分为五种。其中,有人认为像接触铺盖等柔软之物那样,接触女人也算可以,因此看不到淫欲违犯中的过失,这是针对违犯制教这一类障碍而说的:世尊所说的那些障碍法,对受用它们的人来说,并不足以构成障碍。所谓以多种方式,是指用骸骨喻等种种理由来说明。比丘们应当对那位比丘这样说三遍:尊者,不要这样说……这对受用它们的你来说,同样足以构成障碍。这样说了之后,如果他仍不舍弃,犯恶作罪;听到了却不劝谏的人,也犯恶作罪。再把他带到僧团中间,同样这样说;如果在那里他仍不舍弃,而其他人也不说,同样犯恶作罪。这样仍不舍弃的,应再以白四羯磨劝谏,直到第三遍;如果他依然不舍弃,那么在动议时以及两次羯磨说示时犯恶作罪,羯磨语结束时犯波逸提罪。
Aṭṭhame saggamokkhānaṃ antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā, te kammakilesavipākaupavādapaññattivītikkamanavasena pañcavidhā. Tesu mudukānaṃ attharaṇādīnaṃ phasso viya itthisamphassopi vaṭṭatīti methunavītikkamane dosaṃ adisvā paññattivītikkamantarāyike sandhāya ‘‘yeme antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā, te paṭisevato nālaṃ antarāyāyā’’ti vuttaṃ. Anekapariyāyenāti ‘‘aṭṭhikaṅkalūpamā kāmā’’tiādīhi (ma. ni. 2.42; pāci. 417; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 147) nekehi kāraṇehi. So bhikkhu bhikkhūhīti ye passanti vā suṇanti vā, tehi tikkhattuṃ evaṃ vattabbo ‘‘mā āyasmā evaṃ avaca…pe… alañca pana te paṭisevato antarāyāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte appaṭinissajjantassa dukkaṭaṃ, sutvā avadantānampi dukkaṭaṃ. Puna saṅghamajjhampi ākaḍḍhitvā tatheva vattabbo, tatrāpi tassa appaṭinissajjane, itaresañca avacane dukkaṭameva. Evampi appaṭinissajjanto puna ñatticatutthena kammena yāvatatiyaṃ samanubhāsitabbo, athassa appaṭinissajjato puna ñattiyā ca dvīhi ca kammavācāhi dukkaṭaṃ, kammavācāpariyosāne pācittiyaṃ.
这条学处是在舍卫城制定的,起因是阿利吒比丘不肯舍弃邪恶的见解。这是共通制定的学处,不是针对个人下命令而制。犯此戒得三波逸提罪;在非法羯磨中,则得三恶作罪。如果没有被劝谏、已经舍弃了恶见,或者像疯狂者等情形,则无犯。如法羯磨、劝谏、不舍弃——这里是三个构成要素。它的起源等,与劝谏学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ ariṭṭhaṃ ārabbha pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ. Asamanubhāsiyamānassa , paṭinissajjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammatā, samanubhāsanā, appaṭinissajjananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni samanubhāsanasadisānevāti.
第九、与已被举罪者共同受用学处的注释
9. Ukkhittasambhogasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九条“如是论者”,是指说“我这样从世尊那里领受法”之类话的人。“未行随法者”:所谓随法,是指对因为不见罪、不忏悔、不舍弃恶见而被僧团依法与律举罪的人,看到他履行随顺行仪之后,为他作解罪羯磨;如果没给他作这种名为解罪的随法,这人就叫“未行随法者”,意思是跟这样的人在一起。共受用,是指作财物的受用或法的受用。共住,是指作布萨等僧团羯磨。同宿,是指即使不在同一近处,也在同一屋顶下躺卧。其中,在财物受用方面,如果以一次动作多次给予或接受,犯一个波逸提;如果中间有间断,则每有一次动作就犯一个波逸提。在法受用方面,如果以句等为单位教诵或让人教诵,按句法那条所说的方式犯;在共住方面,按羯磨结束来定犯;在同宿方面,当一人已经躺下,另一人按躺下的动作来定犯,应当知道犯相的分齐就是这样的。
Navame tathāvādināti ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhamma’’ntiādivādinā. Akatānudhammenāti anudhammo vuccati āpattiyā adassane vā appaṭikamme vā pāpikāya diṭṭhiyā appaṭinissagge vā dhammena vinayena ukkhittakassa anulomavattaṃ disvā kataosāraṇā, so osāraṇasaṅkhāto anudhammo yassa na kato, ayaṃ akatānudhammo nāma, tādisena saddhinti attho. Sambhuñjeyya vāti āmisasambhogaṃ vā dhammasambhogaṃ vā kareyya. Saṃvaseyya vāti uposathādikaṃ saṅghakammaṃ kareyya . Saha vā seyyaṃ kappeyyāti nānūpacārepi ekacchanne nipajjeyya. Tattha āmisaparibhoge ekappayogena bahūpi dadato vā gaṇhato vā ekaṃ pācittiyaṃ, vicchindane sati payoge payoge pācittiyaṃ. Dhammasambhoge padādīhi uddisantassa vā uddisāpentassa vā padasodhamme vuttanayena, saṃvāse kammapariyosānavasena, sahaseyyāya ekasmiṃ nipanne itarassa nipajjanappayogavasena āpattiparicchedo veditabbo.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘与阿里咤比丘共受用之事而制定,是共通制戒,非无命令。对被举者有疑的,犯恶作;对未被举者作被举想的,以及对未被举者有疑的,也犯恶作。对两者都作未被举想的人,或者知道“他已解罪”或“他已舍彼见”的人,以及疯癫者等,无犯。未行随法、明知、作受用等,这里是三个构成要件。其等起等与不与取相似,但这条属于制教犯,三心、三受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha ariṭṭhena bhikkhunā saddhiṃ sambhuñjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, ukkhittake vematikassa, anukkhittake ukkhittakasaññino ceva vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Ubhosu anukkhittakasaññissa, ‘‘osārito’’ti vā ‘‘taṃ diṭṭhiṃ paṭinissaṭṭho’’ti vā jānantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Akatānudhammatā, jānanā, sambhogādikaraṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana paṇṇattivajjaṃ, ticittaṃ, tivedananti.
10. 刺学处注释
10. Kaṇṭakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条“沙弥”是指沙弥。“走”就是去。“喂,到别处去”是指到没有归属的地方去。“灭亡”就是消失,意思是说“去我们看不到你的地方”。
“如此被驱逐”:这里有三种驱逐——共住驱逐、形相驱逐、杖罚驱逐。其中,因为不见罪等而举罪,叫共住驱逐。“应驱逐败坏者”(波罗夷66),“应驱逐媚提亚比丘尼”(小品193;波罗夷384),这叫形相驱逐。“贤友沙弥,从今天起,你不能再称那位世尊为导师”(波逸提429),这叫杖罚驱逐,这里指的就是这一种。所以说“如此被驱逐”。
“劝诱”,就是用“我要给你钵、衣、教诫或询问”之类的话来拉拢。“令侍奉”,就是接受粉末、泥土等,让他为自己做侍奉的事。共受用和同宿,跟前面那条学处所说的一样,所以这里的犯相分齐也应当按那条所说的方式来理解。
Dasame samaṇuddesoti sāmaṇero. Carāti gaccha. Pireti para amāmaka. Vinassāti nassa , yattha taṃ na passāma, tattha gacchāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tathānāsitantiettha saṃvāsanāsanā liṅganāsanā daṇḍakammanāsanāti tisso nāsanā. Tattha āpattiyā adassanādīsu ukkhepanā saṃvāsanāsanā nāma. Dūsako nāsetabbo (pārā. 66), mettiyaṃ bhikkhuniṃ nāsethāti (cūḷava. 193; pārā. 384) ayaṃ liṅganāsanā nāma. ‘‘Ajjatagge te, āvuso samaṇuddesa, na ceva so bhagavā satthā apadisitabbo’’ti (pāci. 429) ayaṃ daṇḍakammanāsanā nāma, ayaṃ idhādhippetā. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘tathānāsita’’nti. Upalāpeyyāti ‘‘pattaṃ vā cīvaraṃ vā uddesaṃ vā paripucchaṃ vā dassāmī’’ti saṅgaṇheyya. Upaṭṭhāpeyyāti cuṇṇamattikādīni sādiyanto tena attano upaṭṭhānaṃ kārāpeyya. Sambhogasahaseyyā anantarasikkhāpade vuttanayā eva, tasmā āpattiparicchedopettha tasmiṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
在舍卫城,因为六群比丘劝诱荆棘沙弥这件事而制定,其余部分和阿里咤学处里说的一样。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye bhikkhū ārabbha kaṇṭakasamaṇuddesaupalāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesaṃ ariṭṭhasikkhāpade vuttasadisamevāti.
同法品
8. Sahadhammikavaggo
同法学处注释
1. Sahadhammikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
同法品第一课里说的“同法者”,这个意思在恶口学处中已经讲过了。“在这个学处”这句话的意思是:对于这个学处里所说的内容,我暂时还不去学。至于“波逸提”,这里要理解成:因为害怕被人看不起,就找借口这样说的,每说一次话就犯一次波逸提。“应当学”的意思是,用头顶来接受教诫,成为想要学的人。“应知”就是应当知道。“应遍问”就是应当追问:“这是什么意思?”“应遍思”就是应当思考、衡量。
Sahadhammikavaggassa paṭhame sahadhammikaṃ vuccamānoti imassattho dubbacasikkhāpade vutto. Etasmiṃ sikkhāpadeti etasmiṃ sikkhāpade yaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ na tāva sikkhissāmīti attho. Pācittiyanti ettha pana anādariyabhayā lesena evaṃ vadantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sikkhamānenāti ovādaṃ sirasā sampaṭicchitvā sikkhitukāmeneva hutvā. Aññātabbanti ājānitabbaṃ. Paripucchitabbanti ‘‘imassa ko attho’’ti paripucchitabbaṃ. Paripañhitabbanti cintetabbaṃ tulayitabbaṃ.
在憍赏弥,因阐那长老而制定此戒,起因就是他说了这样的话。这是共通制定,不是别制,属于三句波逸提;对未受具足戒者说,则犯三句恶作。若对两者都以“这不是为了损减”等方式(见波逸提436)来说,即使所说是对未制定此戒的人说,这样说了也还是犯恶作。若说“我要知道,我要学习”,以及疯癫者等,则无犯。对已受具足戒者,以制定之语而说,怀着不想学的心而这样说,这里是两个构成要件。其等起等与不与取相似,但这个是苦受。
Kosambiyaṃ channattheraṃ ārabbha evaṃ bhaṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ , tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhohipi ‘‘idaṃ na sallekhāyā’’tiādinā (pāci. 436) nayeneva appaññattena vuccamānassāpi evaṃ vadato dukkaṭameva. ‘‘Jānissāmi sikkhissāmī’’ti bhaṇantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannassa paññattena vacanaṃ, asikkhitukāmatāya evaṃ vacananti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
2. 涂抹学处注释
2. Vilekhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,“被教示时”:指老师对弟子说的时候,或者以诵习的方式转读的时候。“诸小随小学处”:指小的学处和随小的学处。“唯此而已”:这是说明它们所导向的范围界限。这里说的是:凡是教示、令他人教示或诵习这些学处的人,这些学处就会导向他们,直到“这合不合适?这不合适吧?”这样的追悔、烦扰、疑惑和心的纷乱生起为止。另外,“唯此而已”是强调决定的意思,它和“导向”相连,意思是它们确实极度地导向追悔、烦扰和纷乱。“毁訾学处者”:像这样毁訾、指责学处的人,犯波逸提。
Dutiye uddissamāneti ācariyena antevāsikassa vuccamāne vā sajjhāyavasena parivattiyamāne vā. Khuddānukhuddakehīti khuddakehi ca anukhuddakehi ca. Yāvadevāti tesaṃ saṃvattanamariyādaparicchedavacanaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – etāni hi ye uddisanti vā uddisāpenti vā sajjhāyanti vā, tesaṃ tāva saṃvattanti, yāva ‘‘kappati nu kho, na kappati nu kho’’ti kukkuccavippaṭisāro, vihesā, vicikicchā manovilekhā ca uppajjantiyeva. Atha vā yāvadevāti atisayavavatthāpanaṃ. Tassa ‘saṃvattantī’tiiminā sambandho, kukkuccāya vihesāya vilekhāya ativiya saṃvattantiyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Sikkhāpadavivaṇṇaketi evaṃ sikkhāpadānaṃ vivaṇṇake garahaṇe pācittiyaṃ hotīti attho.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,就毁谤戒律这件事而制定。这是共通制定、不是别别命令制定的,属于三句波逸提。对未受具足戒的人毁谤,是三句恶作;对两者毁谤其他法,也只是恶作。如果不是想毁谤,而是说“你先学学经、偈颂或阿毗达摩吧,以后也会学戒律的”,以及疯癫者等,无犯。想要指责,以及在具足戒者面前毁谤学处,这里是两个构成条件。等起等与不与取相同,但这个是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha vinayavivaṇṇanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampannassa vivaṇṇane tikadukkaṭaṃ, ubhinnampi aññadhammavivaṇṇane dukkaṭameva. Na vivaṇṇetukāmassa, ‘‘iṅgha tāva suttante vā gāthāyo vā abhidhammaṃ vā pariyāpuṇassu, pacchāpi vinayaṃ pariyāpuṇissasī’’ti bhaṇato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Garahitukāmatā ca, upasampannassa santike sikkhāpadavivaṇṇanañcāti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
3. 愚弄学处的解释
3. Mohanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第三项学处中,“每半月”是指按顺序每半个月、每半个月一次。“正在诵出”是指依布萨而正在诵出时。“而他在那里犯了什么罪”是指:他做了那种不当行为之后,想以不知情的方式让人知道自己犯戒的情况,而这样说;对于那种不当行为,他犯了什么罪。“而应依如法处置”是指:因为是不知情而犯,所以没有豁免;但仍应按照法与律所确立的方式,令他处置那项罪——如果是可以通过说罪来除去的,就让他说罪;如果是可以通过出罪来除去的,就让他出罪。这是这段话的意思。“ furthermore 应加给他愚痴”是指:在依如法处置之外,还要用“贤友,你……”等话呵责之后,以白二羯磨对那个人加施愚痴羯磨。“这是对那个愚痴者的波逸提”是指:如果已经这样加施了愚痴羯磨之后,又再去愚弄,那么对那个愚痴的人,应当知道这是波逸提;并不是说对还没有被加施愚痴羯磨的人去愚弄。这是这段话的意思。
Tatiye anvaḍḍhamāsanti anupaṭipāṭiyā addhamāse addhamāse. Uddissamāneti uposathavasena uddisiyamāne. Yañca tattha āpattiṃ āpannoti yaṃ so anācāraṃ ācaritvā aññāṇakena āpannabhāvaṃ jānāpetukāmo evamāha, tasmiṃ anācāre yaṃ āpattiṃ āpanno. Tañca yathādhammo kāretabboti aññāṇakena āpannattā mokkho natthi, yathā pana dhammo ca vinayo ca ṭhito, tathā taṃ āpattiṃ kāretabbo, desanāgāminiyā desāpetabbo, vuṭṭhānagāminiyā vuṭṭhāpetabboti attho. Uttari cassa moho āropetabboti yathādhammakaraṇato ca uttari ‘‘tassa te, āvuso’’tiādivacanehi ninditvā tassa puggalassa ñattidutiyakammena moho āropetabbo. Idaṃ tasmiṃ mohanake pācittiyanti yo evaṃ āropite mohe puna moheti, tasmiṃ mohanake puggale idaṃ pācittiyaṃ veditabbaṃ, na anāropite moheti attho.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,就愚弄一事而制定;这是共通制定、非指令性制定、三句波逸提;在非法羯磨中有三句恶作;在未加愚痴羯磨时,只是恶作。凡未从广说听闻,或从广说听闻不足两三次,以及那些不想愚弄的人,还有疯癫者等,都无犯。加愚痴羯磨、想愚弄、按所说的方式已听闻、愚弄——这就是此处的四个要素。其等起等与不与取相同,但这个是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha mohanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, adhammakamme tikadukkaṭaṃ, anāropite mohe dukkaṭameva. Yena na vitthārena sutaṃ, ūnakadvattikkhattuṃ vā vitthārena sutaṃ, ye ca na mohetukāmā tesaṃ, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Mohāropanaṃ, mohetukāmatā, vuttanayena sutabhāvo, mohananti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
4. 击打学处的注释
4. Pahārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第四句里,“若给予打击”的意思是:如果是以想打人的心态施加打击,即使对方因此死了,也只是波逸提。
Catutthe pahāraṃ dadeyyāti ettha paharitukāmatāya pahāre dinne sacepi marati, pācittiyameva.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因殴打事件而制定。这是共通制定,不是因指令而犯,属于三句波逸提。对未受具足戒者,是三句恶作。如果以毁容为目的,即使对已受具足戒者割耳等,也只是恶作。如果被人伤害,目的是为了脱身,以及疯子等,则无犯。愤怒、不是为了脱身、对已受具足戒者施加打击,这里是三个构成要素。等起等与第一波罗夷相同,但这里是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha pahāradānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, virūpakaraṇādhippāyena pana upasampannassapi kaṇṇādicchedane dukkaṭameva. Kenaci viheṭhiyamānassa pana mokkhādhippāyassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Kupitatā, na mokkhādhippāyatā, upasampannassa pahāradānanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamapārājikasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
掌投学处的注释
5. Talasattikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五句中,“举起手掌”是指:为了显示打人的动作,而举起身体或身上所带的东西。在这里,因为举起的缘故,犯波逸提。但如果举起之后失了准头而打下去,由于不是以想打人的心而打的,所以只是恶作;因那一击而令手等任何部位受伤,也只是恶作。这里其余的一切,都应按照前面那条学处所说的方式来理解。
Pañcame talasattikaṃ uggireyyāti pahāradānākāraṃ dassento kāyaṃ vā kāyappaṭibaddhaṃ vā uccāreyya. Ettha ca uggiraṇapaccayā pācittiyaṃ. Sace pana uggiritvā viraddho pahāraṃ deti, na paharitukāmatāya dinnattā dukkaṭameva, tena pahārena hatthādīsu yaṃkiñci bhijjati, dukkaṭameva. Sesamettha sabbaṃ purimasikkhāpade vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
第六 无根学处注释
6. Amūlakasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六句里,“以无根”是指没有见等根据。“若诽谤”是指自己指责或让别人指责。“波逸提”是指:如果被指责的人当下就知道“他在指责我”,那么指责的人犯波逸提。
Chaṭṭhe amūlakenāti diṭṭhādimūlavirahitena. Anuddhaṃseyyāti codeyya vā codāpeyya vā. Pācittiyanti sace cuditako taṅkhaṇaññeva ‘‘codeti ma’’nti jānāti, codakassa pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,以无根据的僧残罪诽谤他人的事由而制定。这是共通制定,有教诫,三句波逸提。若以戒行败坏或见解败坏为由进行诽谤,犯恶作。对未受具足戒者,三句恶作。若作如此想者,以及疯狂者等,无犯。受具足戒的身份、僧残罪的无根据性、诽谤行为、当场了知,是这里的四个要素。其等起等与不与取相同,但此(受)是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha amūlakena saṅghādisesena anuddhaṃsanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, ācāravipattiyā vā diṭṭhivipattiyā vā anuddhaṃsane dukkaṭaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ. Tathāsaññissa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, saṅghādisesassa amūlakatā, anuddhaṃsanā, taṅkhaṇavijānanāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
7. 故意学处注释
7. Sañciccasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第七段里,“令生起恶作”是指说“我想你还没满二十岁”这类话,从而让人生起恶作。像这样,在对方本来没有生起恶作的因缘时,故意让他生起,那么每说一次话就犯一次波逸提。
Sattame kukkuccaṃ upadaheyyāti ‘‘ūnavīsativasso tvaṃ maññe’’tiādīni (pāci. 466) bhaṇanto uppādeyya. Evaṃ aññasmiṃ uppādanapaccaye asati sañcicca uppādentassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,针对六群比丘,因令人产生恶作的事缘而制定;这是共通制定,非无教诫,三句波逸提;对未受具足戒者,三句恶作。不想令人生起恶作、仅仅出于利益之心而那样说的,以及疯狂者等,无犯。已受具足戒、想令不安、令人产生恶作,这里是三个要素。等起等与前一学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha kukkuccauppādanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ. Nauppādetukāmassa, kevalaṃ hitesitāya tathā vadantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, aphāsukāmatā , kukkuccuppādananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni anantarasadisānevāti.
8. 窃听学处注释
8. Upassutisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条:“陷入争论的人”,是指因为争吵和口角而卷入争论诉讼的人。“近听”,就是靠近去听,意思是站在能听见他们说话的地方。抱着“我将在那里听”、想指责/检举的心前往者,每走一步都犯恶作;即使快步走或落在后面,也一样。如果站在某个地方听,那么站定时就犯波逸提。当他们到近处来商议时,应当咳嗽,或者说“我在这里”,让他们知道;如果不这样做而听了,也同样犯波逸提。
Aṭṭhame vivādāpannānanti bhaṇḍanakalahehi vivaḍḍhitaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ āpannānaṃ. Upassutinti sutisamīpaṃ, yattha ṭhatvā sakkā hoti tesaṃ vacanaṃ sotuṃ, tattha tiṭṭheyyāti attho. ‘‘Tattha sossāmī’’ti codetukāmatāya gacchato pade pade dukkaṭaṃ, turitagamanepi ohīyamānepi eseva nayo. Yattha pana ṭhito suṇāti, tattha ṭhitassa pācittiyaṃ, attano ṭhitokāsaṃ āgantvā tesu mantayamānesupi ukkāsitvā, ‘‘ahaṃ etthā’’ti vā vatvā jānāpetabbaṃ, evaṃ akarontassāpi savane pācittiyameva.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定,缘于偷听站处之事;是共通制定,非命令式制定,属三句波逸提;对未受具足戒者,属三句恶作。若心想“听了这些之后,我要克制、停止、平息、解脱自己”而前往,以及疯狂者等,则无犯。已受具足戒、有检举意图、听闻——这是此处的三个要素。此事的生起,可能是作为,也可能是非作为,是舍想解脱,是有心,是世间所呵责,是身业,是语业,是不善心,是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha upassutiṭṭhānavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, anupasampanne tikadukkaṭaṃ, ‘‘imesaṃ sutvā oramissāmi viramissāmi vūpasamissāmi attānaṃ parimocessāmī’’ti (pāci. 473) gacchato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, codanādhippāyo, savananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Theyyasatthasamuṭṭhānaṃ idaṃ pana siyā kiriyaṃ, siyā akiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
第九、阻挠羯磨学处的解释
9. Kammappaṭibāhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九项,关于“如法的羯磨”,是指依照法、依照律、依照导师的教导而作的四种羯磨:求听羯磨、白羯磨、白二羯磨、白四羯磨。这里简要地判定羯磨如下:所谓求听羯磨,是在僧团和合的情况下,得到僧团同意后,把这件事说明,再三宣告“僧团认可”,然后应当作的羯磨。仅仅得到和合僧团的同意,以一次白而应当作的羯磨,名叫白羯磨。以一次白和一次宣告而应当作的羯磨,名叫白二羯磨。以一次白和三次宣告而应当作的羯磨,名叫白四羯磨。
Navame dhammikānaṃ kammānanti dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena katānaṃ apalokanakammaṃ ñattikammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ ñatticatutthakammanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ kammānaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ saṅkhepato kammavinicchayo – tatra apalokanakammaṃ nāma samaggassa saṅghassa anumatiyā taṃ taṃ vatthuṃ kittetvā ‘‘ruccati saṅghassā’’ti tikkhattuṃ sāvetvā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ vuccati. Samaggasseva pana saṅghassa anumatiyā ekāya ñattiyā kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñattikammaṃ nāma. Ekāya ñattiyā ceva anussāvanāya ca kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñattidutiyakammaṃ nāma. Ekāya pana ñattiyā tīhi ca anussāvanāhi kattabbaṃ kammaṃ ñatticatutthakammaṃ nāma.
在这四种里,求听羯磨涉及五种情形:恢复、驱摈、剃发羯磨、梵罚、业相羯磨。其中,驱摈就像把迦罗沙弥赶出去那样;如果看到他后来如法而行,就让他重新进入僧团,这应当理解为“恢复”。询问想出家的人是否同意剃发,这叫剃发羯磨。对于爱说话、用难听的话顶撞比丘的比丘,僧团应当这样说:“某位比丘爱说话,用难听的话顶撞比丘而住,他想说什么就说什么,比丘们不应当再跟他说话,不应当再教诫、教导他。”然后这样问:“尊者,我请问僧团,僧团是否同意对某位比丘给予梵罚?尊者,我第二次请问……我第三次请问——僧团是否同意对某位比丘给予梵罚?”这样应当作的羯磨,就叫梵罚。至于世尊因为比丘尼露大腿等可见之事而规定“诸比丘,对那位比丘,比丘尼僧团不应当向他礼敬”,这样允许了不礼敬羯磨。比丘尼们应当在住处坐着这样说:“大姊,某位尊者让比丘尼们不生信心,对这位尊者作不礼敬处理,比丘尼僧团是否同意?”像这样应当由比丘尼们执行。因为这种羯磨的特征就是羯磨本身,而不是恢复等,所以称为“业相羯磨”。这个业相羯磨虽然是以比丘尼为根源制定的,但比丘们也可以用。因此,比丘们对未完成割截衣等的人给予衣等,或者受用、撤回应受用、应撤回的物品,或者订立这样的如法规约时,经过三次宣告后应当作求听羯磨,这一切都归入业相羯磨。这样,求听羯磨就涉及五种情形。
Tesu apalokanakammaṃ (pari. 496; pari. aṭṭha. 495-496) pañca ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ bhaṇḍukammaṃ brahmadaṇḍaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha kaṇṭakasāmaṇerassa nāsanā viya nissāraṇā, tādisaṃyeva sammāvattantaṃ disvā pavesanā ‘osāraṇā’ti veditabbā. Pabbajjāpekkhassa kesacchedanāpucchanaṃ bhaṇḍukammaṃ (mahāva. 98) nāma. Mukharassa bhikkhuno bhikkhū duruttavacanehi ghaṭṭentassa ‘‘itthannāmo bhikkhu mukharo bhikkhū duruttavacanehi ghaṭṭento viharati, so bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya, bhikkhūhi itthannāmo bhikkhu neva vattabbo, na ovādānusāsaniṃ kattabbo, na ovaditabbo’’ti ‘‘saṅghaṃ, bhante , pucchāmi ‘itthannāmassa bhikkhuno brahmadaṇḍassa dānaṃ ruccati saṅghassā’ti, dutiyampi pucchāmi, tatiyampi pucchāmi ‘itthannāmassa, bhante, bhikkhuno brahmadaṇḍassa dānaṃ ruccati saṅghassā’’’ti evaṃ kattabbaṃ kammaṃ brahmadaṇḍaṃ (cūḷava. 445) nāma. Yaṃ pana bhagavatā bhikkhunīnaṃ ūruṃ vivaritvā dassanādivatthūsu ‘‘avandiyo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhikkhunisaṅghena kātabbo’’ti (cūḷava. 411) evaṃ avandiyakammaṃ anuññātaṃ, yaṃ bhikkhunīhi ‘‘ayye, asuko nāma ayyo bhikkhunīnaṃ appasādanīyaṃ dasseti, etassa ayyassa avandiyakaraṇaṃ ‘ruccati bhikkhunisaṅghassā’’’ti evaṃ upassaye nisinnāheva bhikkhunīhi kattabbaṃ, evarūpaṃ kammaṃ yasmā tassa kammaṃyeva lakkhaṇaṃ na osāraṇādīni, tasmā kammalakkhaṇanti vuccati. Idañca kammalakkhaṇaṃ nāma bhikkhunimūlakaṃ paññattaṃ, apica bhikkhūnampi labbhati, tasmā bhikkhūhipi acchinnacīvarakādīnaṃ cīvarādīni vā dentehi, paribhuñjitabbāni apanetabbānipi vatthūni paribhuñjantehi vā, apanentehi vā, tathārūpaṃ vā dhammikaṃ katikaṃ karontehi tikkhattuṃ sāvetvā apalokanakammaṃ kātabbaṃ, sabbañhetaṃ kammalakkhaṇameva pavisati, iti apalokanakammaṃ pañca ṭhānāni gacchati.
单白羯磨涉及九种情形:引入、遣出、布萨、自恣、任命、给予、接受、撤销、业相。
其中,像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,某甲是某甲尊者的求具足戒者,已由我教导。如果僧团觉得时机合适,某甲应当前来,应对他说‘你来’。”(《大品》126)——这样对求具足戒者的引入,就叫作引入。
像这样:“诸位尊者,请听我说,这位某甲比丘是说法者,他既不通达经,也不通达经分别,不善把握义理,以言辞的表面遮蔽了义理。如果诸位尊者觉得时机合适,让某甲比丘退出之后,我们其余人来平息这件诤事。”(《小品》233)——这样在决断诤事时,对说法比丘的遣出,就叫作遣出。
像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,今天是布萨日……应当行布萨。”——这样依布萨羯磨而立的动议,就叫作布萨。
像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,今天是十五日自恣,如果僧团觉得时机合适,僧团应当自恣。”(《大品》210)——这样依自恣羯磨而立的动议,就叫作自恣。
像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,某甲是某甲的求具足戒者,如果僧团觉得时机合适,我来教导某甲”,或者“如果僧团觉得时机合适,某甲来教导某甲”(《大品》126)——这样为任命自己或他人而立的动议,就叫作任命。
像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,这件衣是某甲比丘的应舍衣,已舍给僧团,如果僧团觉得时机合适,僧团应当把这件衣给某甲比丘。”(《波罗夷》464)——这样把已舍的衣、钵等物给予他人,就叫作给予。
像这样:“尊者,请僧团听我说,这位某甲比丘记得自己的罪过,发露、坦白、陈述。如果僧团觉得时机合适,我来接受某甲比丘的罪过。”然后应对他说“你看见了吗”,他答“是的,我看见了”,再说“今后应当守护”(《小品》239)——这样接受罪过,就叫作接受。
像这样:“诸位尊者,请听我说,各位住在这里的尊者,如果大家觉得时机合适,我们现在就行布萨、诵波罗提木叉,到了合适的时候就行自恣。”(《大品》240)——这样把该行的自恣推后,就叫作撤销。
在如草覆地灭诤法(《小品》212)中,总括一切的白,以及每一方各一白,这三条白就叫作业相。
以上就是单白羯磨涉及的九种情形。
Ñattikammaṃ pana nava ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ uposathaṃ pavāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ paṭiggahaṃ paccukkaḍḍhanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha ‘‘suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, itthannāmo itthannāmassa āyasmato upasampadāpekkho, anusiṭṭho so mayā, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo āgaccheyya , ‘āgacchāhī’ti vattabbo’’ti (mahāva. 126) evaṃ upasampadāpekkhassa osāraṇā osāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu dhammakathiko, imassa neva suttaṃ āgacchati, no suttavibhaṅgo, so atthaṃ asallakkhetvā byañjanacchāyāya atthaṃ paṭibāhati, yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ vuṭṭhāpetvā avasesā imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vūpasameyyāmā’’ti evaṃ ubbhāhikavinicchaye (cūḷava. 233) dhammakathikassa bhikkhuno nissāraṇā nissāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ajjuposatho…pe… uposathaṃ kareyyā’’ti evaṃ uposathakammavasena ṭhapitā ñatti uposatho nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ajja pavāraṇā pannarasī, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho pavāreyyā’’ti (mahāva. 210) evaṃ pavāraṇākammavasena ṭhapitā ñatti pavāraṇā nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, itthannāmo itthannāmassa upasampadāpekkho, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmaṃ anusāseyya’’nti, ‘‘yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, itthannāmo itthannāmaṃ anusāseyyā’’ti (mahāva. 126) evaṃ attānaṃ vā paraṃ vā sammannituṃ ṭhapitā ñatti sammuti nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno nissaggiyaṃ saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ cīvaraṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dadeyyā’’ti (pārā. 464) evaṃ nissaṭṭhacīvarapattādīnaṃ dānaṃ dānaṃ nāma. ‘‘Suṇātu me, bhante, saṅgho, ayaṃ itthannāmo bhikkhu āpattiṃ sarati vivarati uttāniṃ karoti deseti, yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇheyya’’nti, tena vattabbo ‘passasī’ti, ‘āma, passāmī’ti, ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti (cūḷava. 239) evaṃ āpattippaṭiggaho paṭiggaho nāma. ‘‘Suṇantu me āyasmantā āvāsikā, yadāyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, idāni uposathaṃ kareyyāma, pātimokkhaṃ uddiseyyāma, āgame kāle pavāreyyāmā’’ti (mahāva. 240) evaṃ katappavāraṇappaccukkaḍḍhanā paccukkaḍḍhanā nāma. Tiṇavattārakasamathe (cūḷava. 212) sabbasaṅgāhikañatti, ekekasmiṃ pakkhe ekekā ñatti cāti tissopi ñattiyo kammalakkhaṇaṃ nāma. Iti ñattikammaṃ nava ṭhānāni gacchati.
白二羯磨有七种情形:引入、驱摈、任命、给予、撤销、开示、业相。其中,对一位具足八种条件的近事男——比如为了让比丘们得不到利养而奔走等——僧伽为了不与他共住,以覆钵的方式将他驱摈出去,这叫作驱摈。当这位近事男如法而行时,以揭钵的方式将他恢复,应当知道,这在《小品》中跋耆族离车人的事例里有说到。应当知道,任命包括:界任命、不离三衣任命、坐具任命、差食人、差分房人、差库司、差受衣人、差分粥人、差分果人、差分嚼食人、差分杂物人、差分浴衣人、差分钵人、差园民使者、差沙弥使者等任命。应当知道,给予包括:咖提那衣的给予、亡者衣的给予。应当知道,撤销就是咖提那衣的撤销。应当知道,开示包括:小屋地基的开示、精舍地基的开示。另外,在如草覆地灭诤法(《小品》212等)中,一方一白、另一方一白的两条白二羯磨语,以及在愚痴罚等中的羯磨语(《波逸提》446),依这些应当知道什么是业相。这样,白二羯磨有七种情形。
Ñattidutiyakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ uddhāraṃ desanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha bhikkhūnaṃ alābhāya parisakkanādikehi aṭṭhahi aṅgehi samannāgatassa upāsakassa saṅghena asambhogakaraṇatthaṃ pattanikkujjanavasena nissāraṇā nissāraṇā nāma. Tasseva sammāvattantassa pattukkujjanavasena osāraṇā ca veditabbā, sā khuddakakkhandhake vaḍḍhalicchavivatthusmiṃ (cūḷava. 265-266) vuttā. Sīmāsammuti ticīvarena avippavāsasammutisanthatasammutibhattuddesakasenāsanaggāhāpakabhaṇḍāgārikacīvarappaṭiggāhakayāgubhājakaphalabhājakakhajjabhājakaappamattakavissajjakasāṭiyaggāhapakapattaggāhāpakaārāmikapesakasāmaṇerapesakasammutīti etāsaṃ sammutīnaṃ vasena sammuti veditabbā. Kathinacīvaramatakacīvaradānavasena dānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Kathinuddhāravasena uddhāro veditabbo. Kuṭivatthuvihāravatthudesanāvasena desanā veditabbā. Yā pana tiṇavatthārakasamathe (cūḷava. 212 ādayo) ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekā, ekasmiṃ pakkhe ekāti dve ñattidutiyakammavācā vuttā, yā ca mohāropanādīsu kammavācā (pāci. 446) vuttā, tāsaṃ vasena kammalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, iti ñattidutiyakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati.
白四羯磨也有七种事项:恢复、驱摈、任命、给予、呵责、数数谏、业相。其中,依呵责羯磨等七种羯磨(《小品》1等)而作的是驱摈;依这七种羯磨的废止而作的是恢复。依教诫比丘尼的任命(《波逸提》146-147)而作的是任命;依给予别住(《小品》102)和给予摩那埵(《小品》105)而作的是给予;依牵回本处(《小品》110)而作的是呵责;被举者随顺、八种三谏、阿利咤(《波逸提》417)、旃陀迦利(《波逸提》709)等,这十一种数数谏,依它们而作的是数数谏;依具足戒羯磨和出罪羯磨而作的是业相。这样,白四羯磨共有七种事项。
Ñatticatutthakammampi satteva ṭhānāni gacchati osāraṇaṃ nissāraṇaṃ sammutiṃ dānaṃ niggahaṃ samanubhāsanaṃ kammalakkhaṇanti. Tattha tajjanīyakammādīnaṃ (cūḷava. 1 ādayo) sattannaṃ kammānaṃ vasena nissāraṇā, tesaṃyeva kammānaṃ paṭippassambhanavasena osāraṇā ca veditabbā, bhikkhunovādakasammutivasena (pāci. 146-147) sammuti, parivāsadāna(caūḷava. 102) mānattadānavasena (cūḷava. 105) dānaṃ, mūlāyapaṭikassanavasena (cūḷava. 110) niggaho, ukkhittānuvattikā , aṭṭha yāvatatiyakā, ariṭṭho (pāci. 417), caṇḍakāḷī (pāci. 709) cāti ime te yāvatatiyakāti imāsaṃ ekādasannaṃ samanubhāsanānaṃ vasena samanubhāsanā, upasampadākammaabbhānakammavasena kammalakkhaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Iti ñatticatutthakammaṃ satta ṭhānāni gacchati.
在这四种羯磨里,白告羯磨必须只通过白告的方式来做,不能以单白羯磨等方式来做。单白羯磨也必须只立一条白文来做,不能以白告羯磨等方式来做。白二羯磨则有可以先用白告再做的情况,也有不可以先用白告再做的情况。其中,界任命、界废除(《大品》139-140、144等)、咖提那衣给予、咖提那衣撤销、小屋地基说示、精舍地基说示,这六种羯磨属于重羯磨,不允许先用白告再做,必须唱诵白二羯磨文才能做。其余十三种任命,加上差分房人任命、亡者衣给予任命,这些属于轻羯磨,先用白告再做也可以,但绝不可以按单白羯磨等方式来做。白四羯磨也必须以它完整的特征来做,不能按其余羯磨的方式来做。这样一来,这些羯磨各自依照自身的特征,具足了事、白文、宣告、界、众会而完成,因为是依正法、依律、依师教而做的,所以其中存在法,就叫做如法羯磨。对于这样的如法羯磨,先给出了同意,事后却发起讥嫌的人,每说一句就犯一次波逸提。
Imesu pana catūsu kammesu apalokanakammaṃ apaloketvāva kātabbaṃ, ñattikammādivasena na kātabbaṃ. Ñattikammampi ekaṃ ñattiṃ ṭhapetvāva kātabbaṃ, apalokanakammādivasena na kātabbaṃ. Ñattidutiyakammaṃ pana apaloketvā kātabbampi atthi akātabbampi, tattha sīmāsammuti sīmāsamūhananaṃ (mahāva. 139-140, 144 ādayo) kathinacīvaradānaṃ kathinuddhāro kuṭivatthudesanā vihāravatthudesanāti imāni cha kammāni garukāni apaloketvā kātuṃ na vaṭṭanti, ñattidutiyakammavācaṃ sāvetvāva kātabbāni. Avasesā terasa sammutiyo senāsanaggāhāpakamatakacīvaradānasammutiyo cāti etāni lahukammāni apaloketvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭanti, ñattikammādivasena pana na kātabbāneva. Ñatticatutthakammampi sakalakkhaṇeneva kātabbaṃ, na sesakammavasena. Evaṃ attano attano lakkhaṇeneva vatthuñattianussāvanāsīmāparisāsampattiyā katāni etāni kammāni dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena katattā dhammo etesu atthīti dhammikāni nāma honti, iti etesaṃ dhammikānaṃ kammānaṃ chandaṃ datvā pacchā khīyanadhammaṃ āpajjantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘为缘,在讥嫌与犯戒事中制定。这是共通制定,不是无犯。对如法羯磨有疑的、对非法羯磨作如法羯磨想的、以及有疑的,犯恶作。作非法羯磨想的人,若知道“他们以非法、以别众、或对不该作羯磨的人作羯磨”而讥嫌,以及疯癫者等,无犯。如法羯磨性、如法羯磨想、给了同意之后才讥嫌,这里是三个支分。等起等与不与取相同,但这个是苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha khīyanadhammāpajjanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Adhammakammasaññissa , ‘‘adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karontī’’ti ñatvā khīyantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Dhammakammatā, dhammakammasaññitā, chandaṃ datvā khīyananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāneva, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
第十项:不给欲而离去的学处解释
10. Chandaṃadatvāgamanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第十项“裁决之论”中:只要所告之事还没有裁决,或者除了动议之外羯磨语还没有完成,这期间就叫作裁决正在进行。如果有个比丘在这段时间里,想破坏羯磨而离开僧众伸手可及的范围,那么他在离开的过程中犯恶作,已经离开了就犯波逸提。
Dasame vinicchayakathāyāti yāva ārocitaṃ vatthu avinicchikaṃ, ñattiṃ vā ṭhapetvā kammavācā aniṭṭhāpitā, tāva vinicchayakathā vattamānā nāma hoti. Yo bhikkhu etasmiṃ antare kammaṃ kopetukāmatāya parisāya hatthapāsaṃ vijahati, tassa vijahane dukkaṭaṃ, vijahite pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因某位比丘为缘由,针对“没有给欲就离开”这件事而制定。这是共通制定,不是无犯。对如法羯磨有疑惑的人、对非法羯磨认为是如法羯磨的人、以及有疑惑的人,犯恶作。但对认为是非法羯磨的人,如果他知道“僧团中将会发生争吵等,或者他们会以非法、以别众、或者对不该做羯磨的人做羯磨”,或者因为生病,或者因为要照顾病人,或者被大小便等逼迫,而且不是想破坏羯磨,心想“我会再回来”而离开,对他,以及疯癫者等,不犯。在裁决正在进行、如法羯磨、认为是如法羯磨、住在同一界内、同一共住、想破坏而离开伸手范围,这里以这六项为条件。等起是劝说等起,有行作与无行作,想为解脱,有思心,世间罪,身业,语业,不善心,苦受。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha chandaṃ adatvā pakkamanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme vematikassa, adhammakamme dhammakammasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Adhammakammasaññissa pana, yo ca ‘‘saṅghassa bhaṇḍanādīni vā bhavissanti, adhammena vā vaggena vā nakammārahassa vā kammaṃ karissantī’’ti (pāci. 483) ñatvā, gilāno vā hutvā, gilānassa vā karaṇīyena, uccārādīhi vā pīḷito, na ca kammaṃ kopetukāmo ‘‘puna paccāgamissāmī’’ti gacchati, tassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Vinicchayakathāya vattamānatā, dhammakammatā, dhammakammasaññitā, samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitatā, samānasaṃvāsakatā, kopetukāmatāya hatthapāsavijahananti imānettha cha aṅgāni. Samanubhāsanasamuṭṭhānaṃ, kiriyākiriyaṃ, saññāvimokkhaṃ, sacittakaṃ, lokavajjaṃ, kāyakammaṃ, vacīkammaṃ, akusalacittaṃ, dukkhavedananti.
第11项 弱学处的解释
11. Dubbalasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第十一条中,“与和合僧一起”是指:和同一共住、处在同一界内的僧众一起,把衣服布施出去。“如所亲厚”:意思是说,凡是因朋友、相识、同伴的关系而亲近的人,就是针对那个人说的。“波逸提”:像这样,和僧众一起,由自己以安排坐卧处等方式被僧众选定的比丘,把衣服布施出去之后,又事后抱怨,每说一句就犯一次波逸提。
Ekādasame samaggena saṅghenāti samānasaṃvāsakena samānasīmāyaṃ ṭhitena saṅghena saddhiṃ cīvaraṃ datvā. Yathāsanthutanti yo yo mittasandiṭṭhasambhattavasena santhuto, tassa tassāti attho. Pācittiyanti evaṃ saṅghena saddhiṃ sayameva senāsanapaññāpanādivasena sammatassa bhikkhuno cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyantassa vācāya vācāya pācittiyaṃ.
在王舍城,因六群比丘而制定:先给了衣服,后来又抱怨。这是共通制定,不是针对个人的命令。在如法羯磨中,属于三波逸提。除了衣服之外,把其他应分发、应分配的资具给了人之后,对方后来又抱怨,犯恶作。所谓应分发、应分配,就是除了五种重物以外剩下的东西。按类别来说,五种重物是这样说的:第一,园林和园林用地;第二,精舍和精舍用地;第三,床、椅、褥、枕;第四,铜釜、铜罐、铜壶、铜锅、斧、锛、锄、镐;第五,藤、竹、文阇草、波婆草、草、泥土、木器、陶器。这五种属于僧团的东西,既不能分发给僧团,也不能分发给别众或个人;即使已经分发或分配了,仍然还是僧团的东西。不过,用固定物换固定物,或者用其他不合宜物、高价合宜物去换别的东西,只要考虑对僧团有利益,通过换成合宜物来交换,是可以的;为了保护上等的坐卧处等,把差一些的东西分发出去,分发之后也可以使用。在这里,前三类里没有任何非重物;第四类里,铜釜、铜罐、铜锅这三样,哪怕只能装一握水那么多,也是重物。至于铜壶,不管是用黑铁、铜、黄铜、白铜、圆铜哪一种做的,在锡兰岛,能容一脚量的才可以分;所谓一脚量,按摩揭陀的量器来算,是五量,超过这个就是重物。以上这些就是巴利圣典里提到的铜器。
Rājagahe chabbaggiye ārabbha cīvaraṃ datvā pacchā khīyanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, dhammakamme tikapācittiyaṃ, cīvaraṃ ṭhapetvā aññaṃ vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā pacchākhīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyo nāma ṭhapetvā pañca garubhaṇḍāni avaseso. Rāsivasena hi pañca garubhaṇḍāni vuttāni, tattha ārāmo ārāmavatthūti ekaṃ, vihāro vihāravatthūti dutiyaṃ, mañco pīṭhaṃ bhisi bimbohananti tatiyaṃ, lohakumbhī lohabhāṇakaṃ lohavārako lohakaṭāhaṃ vāsi parasu kuṭhārī kudālo nikhādananti catutthaṃ, valli veḷu muñjaṃ pabbajaṃ tiṇaṃ mattikā dārubhaṇḍaṃ mattikābhaṇḍanti pañcamaṃ. Etāni hi pañca saṅghasantakāni neva saṅghassa, na gaṇapuggalānaṃ vissajjetuṃ vā vibhajituṃ vā vaṭṭanti, vissajjitavibhattānipi saṅghikāneva honti. Thāvarena pana thāvaraṃ, itarena ca akappiyena mahagghakappiyena vā itaraṃ saṅghassa upakāraṃ sallakkhetvā kappiyaparivattanena parivattetuṃ vaṭṭati, varasenāsanādīnaṃ saṃrakkhaṇatthaṃ lāmakāni vissajjetuṃ vissajjetvā paribhuñjituñca vaṭṭati. Ettha ca purimesu tīsu rāsīsu agarubhaṇḍaṃ nāma kiñci natthi, catutthe lohakumbhī arañjarasaṇṭhānaṃ lohabhāṇakaṃ lohakaṭāhanti imāni tīṇi antamaso pasatamattaudakaggaṇhanakānipi garubhaṇḍāni. Lohavārako pana kāḷalohatambalohakaṃsalohavaṭṭalohānaṃ yena kenaci kato sīhaḷadīpe pādaggaṇhanako bhājetabbo, pādo ca nāma magadhanāḷiyā pañcanāḷimattaṃ gaṇhāti, tato atirekaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, imāni tāva pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni lohabhājanāni.
不过在巴利圣典里,即使是没有提到的东西,比如水瓶、接水器、杓子、小勺、刮勺、碟子、盘子、箱子、炭火盆、烟管刮具等等,虽然是小件物品,也都属于重物。铁钵、铁盘、铜盘,这些则是可分之物。而黄铜器、白铜器、铜器这类器皿制品,如果是僧团共用,或者是在家人布施的,就可以用;如果是个人私用,就不可以。除了那种器皿制品之外,在其他如法的金属物品中,眼药筒、眼药棒、除耳垢器、针、小胡椒研磨器、小锥子、钥匙、锁、剪刀、手杖、矛、镐、各种锻铁和杂铁制品,全都属于可分之物。但是烟管、犁头、灯树、灯盏、悬挂灯,以及女人像、男人像、畜生像等,或者其他要安装在墙壁、屋顶、门等上面的东西,乃至铁门闩在内,一切铁器都属于重物。即使是自己得到而持有的,也不可以当作个人私物来用;如果是僧团共用,或者是在家人布施的,就可以用。锡器也是同样的道理。乳石做成的碟子、盘子等,也都属于重物。
Pāḷiyaṃ pana anāgatānipi bhiṅgārapaṭiggahauḷuṅkadabbikaṭacchupāti taṭṭakasarakasamuggaaṅgārakapalladhūmakaṭacchuādīni khuddakānipi garubhaṇḍāneva, ayapatto ayathālakaṃ tambalohathālakanti imāni pana bhājanīyāni, kaṃsalohavaṭṭalohabhājanavikati saṅghikaparibhogena vā gihivikaṭā vā vaṭṭati, puggalikaparibhogena na vaṭṭati. Ṭhapetvā pana taṃ bhājanavikatiṃ aññasmimpi kappiyalohabhaṇḍe añjanī añjanisalākā natthudānaṃ kaṇṇamalaharaṇī sūci khuddako pipphaliko khuddakaṃ ārakaṇṭakaṃ kuñcikā tāḷaṃ kattarayaṭṭhi vedhako bhindivālako yathātathāghanakatalohaṃvippakatalohabhaṇḍañca sabbaṃ bhājanīyaṃ. Dhūmanettaphāladīparukkhadīpakapallikaolambakadīpaitthipurisatiracchānarūpakāni pana aññāni vā bhitticchadanakavāṭādīsu upanetabbāni, antamaso lohakhilakaṃ upādāya sabbānipi lohabhaṇḍāni garubhaṇḍāniyeva, attanā laddhāni pariharitvāpi puggalikaparibhogena na paribhuñjitabbāni, saṅghikaparibhogena vā gihivikaṭāni vā vaṭṭanti, tipubhaṇḍepi eseva nayo. Khīrapāsāṇamayāni taṭṭakasarakādīni garubhaṇḍāniyeva.
不过,罐子、油器或脚盆之类,凡是比脚盆更大的,就是重物;金、银、黄铜、水晶等材质的容器,即使是在家人所造的样式,也不允许使用。但在受用住处方面,无论能碰的或不能碰的,一切都可以使用。
Ghaṭako pana telabhājanaṃ vā pādaggaṇhanakato atirekameva garubhaṇḍaṃ, suvaṇṇarajataārakūṭajātiphalikabhājanāni gihivikaṭānipi na vaṭṭanti. Senāsanaparibhoge pana āmāsampi anāmāsampi sabbaṃ vaṭṭati.
在斧头之类的工具里,如果某把斧头只能用来砍齿木、切甘蔗这类小事,做不了更大的活儿,那它就属于可分物。其余的,不管做成什么样子,都是重物。斧头,甚至医生用来放血的刀,都是重物;小斧头也一样。如果是按兵器规格做的,那就属于不可触碰之物。锄头、锄柄、锄刃之类,没有一样不是重物。但扫帚柄或挖地用的工具,如果只是没有柄的刃部,大小刚好能放进袋子里带着走,那就属于可分物。刃尖也算在刃部里面。如果有人把斧头之类的工具布施给了寺院,后来他们家被火烧了或者被抢了,他们来说“尊者,请把工具还给我们,我们以后会再送回来”,那就应该还给他们。如果他们直接拿走了,不应该阻拦;就算他们不还回来,也不应该去催讨。
Vāsiyādīsu pana yāya vāsiyā dantakaṭṭhacchedanaucchutacchanamattato aññaṃ mahākammaṃ kātuṃ na sakkā, ayaṃ bhājanīyā. Sesā yena kenaci ākārena katā garubhaṇḍaṃ, parasu pana antamaso vejjānaṃ sirāvedhakopi garubhaṇḍameva, tathā kuṭhārī. Yā pana āvudhasaṅkhepena katā, ayaṃ anāmāsā, kudālo daṇḍabandhanikhādanaṃ vā agarubhaṇḍaṃ nāma natthi. Sammuñjanidaṇḍakhaṇanakaṃ pana adaṇḍakaṃ phalamattakameva, yaṃ sakkā sipāṭikāya pakkhipitvā pariharituṃ, taṃ bhājanīyaṃ. Sikharampi nikhādaneneva saṅgahitaṃ, yehi manussehi vihāre vāsiādīni dinnāni honti, te ce ghare daḍḍhe vā vilutte vā ‘‘detha no, bhante, upakkhare, puna āharissāmā’’ti vadanti, dātabbā. Sace haranti, na vāretabbā, anāharantāpi na codetabbā.
铁匠、铜匠、金匠、管匠、珠宝匠、钵匠的工具,比如砧、锤、钳、秤等,所有金属器具,从施给僧团那一刻起,就是粗重物。锡匠、金匠、皮匠的工具也一样。不过这里有个区别:锡匠的工具里,切锡刀;金匠的工具里,切金刀;皮匠的工具里,用来切已经处理过的皮革的小刀——这些是可分配物。理发匠和裁缝匠的工具里,除了大剪刀、大钳、大镊子,其余都可以用,其他的都是粗重物。
Kammārataṭṭakāracundakāranaḷakāramaṇikārapattabandhakānaṃ adhikaraṇimuṭṭhisaṇḍāsatulādīni sabbāni lohamayāni upakaraṇāni saṅghe dinnakālato paṭṭhāya garubhaṇḍāni. Tipukoṭṭakasuvaṇṇakāracammakāraupakaraṇesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso, tipukoṭṭakaupakaraṇesu tipucchedanakasatthakaṃ, suvaṇṇakāraupakaraṇesu suvaṇṇacchedanakasatthakaṃ, cammakāraupakaraṇesu kataparikammacammacchedanakhuddakasatthanti imāni bhājanīyāni. Nhāpitatunnakāraupakaraṇesupi ṭhapetvā mahākattariṃ mahāsaṇḍāsaṃ mahāpipphalikañca sabbaṃ vaṭṭati, itarāni garubhaṇḍāni.
在藤类等物品中,凡是藤条之类的藤蔓,长度大约半臂,无论是布施给僧团的,还是在那里生长的,只要经过妥善保管,就属于粗重物。如果在僧团事务和塔庙事务中用完之后还有剩余,也可以用在个人事务上。用线、马尼拉麻、竹皮、椰子壳纤维、皮革做成的绳子或系带,或者用竹皮和椰子壳纤维搓成的一股或两股的绳子,只要是属于僧团的,就是粗重物。但是,没有搓成绳子就布施出去的线、马尼拉麻、竹皮、椰子壳纤维,则属于可分配物。那些布施了这些绳子等物品的人,如果因为自己需要而拿回去,不应该阻拦。
Valliādīsu vettavalliādikā yā kāci aḍḍhabāhuppamāṇā valli saṅghassa dinnā vā tatthajātakā vā rakkhitagopitāva garubhaṇḍaṃ, sā saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate sace atirekā hoti, puggalikakammepi upanetuṃ vaṭṭati, suttamakacivākanāḷikerahīracammamayā rajjukā vā yottāni vā vāke ca nāḷikerahīre ca vaṭṭetvā katā ekavaṭṭā vā dvivaṭṭā vā saṅghassa santakā garubhaṇḍaṃ. Suttaṃ pana avaṭṭetvā dinnaṃ makacivākanāḷikerahīrā ca bhājanīyā . Yehi panetāni rajjukādīni dinnāni honti, te attano karaṇīyena harantā na vāretabbā.
任何一根竹子,哪怕只有八指长的针棒那么大,只要已经布施给僧团,或者是在僧团地界上长出来的,并且有人守护保管着,那就属于僧团的粗重物。这种东西在僧团事务和塔庙事务用完之后还有多余的,也可以拿去用在个人的事情上。不过,垫脚用的油筒、裁布刀的木柄、鞋拔、伞柄、伞骨这些,在这里属于可分发给个人的物品。要是有人家里着了火,拿了这些东西就跑,不应该拦他们。
Yo koci aṭṭhaṅgulasūcidaṇḍakamattopi veḷu saṅghassa dinno vā tatthajātako vā rakkhitagopito garubhaṇḍaṃ, sopi saṅghassa kamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atireko puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Pādaggaṇhanakatelanāḷi pana kattarayaṭṭhi upāhanadaṇḍako chattadaṇḍo chattasalākāti idamettha bhājanīyabhaṇḍaṃ, daḍḍhagehamanussā gaṇhitvā gacchantā na vāretabbā.
文阇草、芦草,以及其余用来盖屋顶的草,哪怕只有一把那么多,还有归在盖屋顶草这一类里的贝叶等东西,其中任何一片叶子,只要已经布施给僧团,或者是在当地长出来的,或者是在寺院外的僧团草地上长出来的,经过守护保管,那就是重物。这些东西用在僧团事务和塔庙事务上之后还有多余的,也可以拿来给个人用。家里被火烧了的人拿了就走,不应该拦着。哪怕只有八个指头那么大的空白贝叶,也是重物。
Muñjañca pabbajañca avasesañca chadanatiṇaṃ muṭṭhippamāṇampi chadanatiṇasaṅkhepagatesu tālapaṇṇādīsu yaṃkiñci ekapaṇṇampi saṅghassa dinnaṃ vā tatthajātakaṃ vā bahiārāme saṅghike tiṇavatthusmiṃ jātakaṃ vā rakkhitagopitaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, tampi saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atirekaṃ puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Daḍḍhagehamanussā gahetvā gacchantā na vāretabbā, aṭṭhaṅgulappamāṇopi rittakapotthako garubhaṇḍameva.
陶土,不管是天然陶土,还是五色土、石灰,或者是砂浆、石膏、赭石之类,只要是从难得的地方取来供养的,或者是在当地出产的,经过守护保管,哪怕只有熟棕榈果那么大的量,也算重物。这东西用在僧团事务和塔庙事务上之后,如果还有多余的,可以用来做个人的事。不过,雄黄、朱砂、绿矾、雌黄、眼药之类,属于可分之物。
Mattikā pakatimattikā vā hotu pañcavaṇṇā vā sudhā vā sajjurasakaṅguṭṭhasilesādīsu vā yaṃkiñci dullabhaṭṭhāne ānetvā vā dinnaṃ tatthajātakaṃ vā rakkhitagopitaṃ tālapakkamattaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, tampi saṅghakamme ca cetiyakamme ca kate atirekaṃ puggalikakamme dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Hiṅguhiṅgulakaharitālamanosilañjanādīni pana bhājanīyāni.
在木制物品中,任何一种符合竹器所说规格的木制小件,不论是布施给僧团的,还是当地本来就有的,只要被守护保管着,就属于粗重物。而且,一切木、竹、皮革、石头等材质的制品,都归入木制物品这一类。其中,床和椅没有涵盖到的矮凳等,乃至用布、稻草或树叶做成的座具,所有座具都包括在内。
Dārubhaṇḍe yo koci veḷumhi vuttappamāṇo dārubhaṇḍako saṅghassa dinno vā tatthajātako vā rakkhitagopito garubhaṇḍaṃ, api ca sabbāpi dāruveḷucammapāsāṇādivikati dārubhaṇḍena saṅgahitā, tattha mañcapīṭhehi asaṅgahitāni āsandikādīni antamaso coḷena vā palālehi vā paṇṇehi vā katapīṭhaṃ upādāya sabbāni āsanāni.
弯脚板、长板、洗衣板、擦衣板、擦衣槌、切齿木用的砧板、棍槌、船、木盆、染槽、滤水器,不管是木制的、象牙制的还是竹制的,有脚或无脚,箱子、匣子、超过容脚器尺寸的容器、水槽、水锅、瓢、勺、饮器、饮水螺——在这些东西当中,任何布施给僧团的,都是粗重物。而螺盘属于可分配物,木制水瓢也一样。
Vaṅkaphalakaṃ dīghaphalakaṃ cīvaradhovanaphalakaṃ ghaṭṭanaphalakaṃ ghaṭṭanamuggaro dantakaṭṭhacchedanagaṇṭhikā daṇḍamuggaro nāvā ambaṇaṃ rajanadoṇi udakapaṭicchako dārumayo vā dantamayo vā veḷumayo vā sapādakopi apādakopi samuggo mañjūsā pādaggaṇhanakato atirekappamāṇo karaṇḍo udakadoṇi udakakaṭāhaṃ uḷuṅko kaṭacchupānīyasarāvaṃ pānīyasaṅkhoti etesu yaṃkiñci saṅghe dinnaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ. Saṅkhathālakaṃ pana bhājanīyaṃ, tathā dārumayo udakatumbo.
脚垫圆板,不管是木制的,还是布、树叶等做的,全都属于重物。托盘、钵盖、棕榈叶扇、团扇、篮子、篓子、手杖扫帚、手扫帚——这些里面,不论小的还是大的,凡是用木、竹、树叶、皮革等任何材料做成的,都只是重物。
Pādakathalikamaṇḍalaṃ dārumayaṃ vā hotu coḷapaṇṇādimayaṃ vā sabbaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ. Ādhārako pattapidhānaṃ tālavaṇṭaṃ bījanī caṅkoṭakaṃ pacchi yaṭṭhisammuñjanī muṭṭhisammuñjanīti etesupi yaṃkiñci khuddakaṃ vā mahantaṃ vā dāruveḷupaṇṇacammādīsu yena kenaci kataṃ garubhaṇḍameva.
柱子、梯子、台阶、木板等东西里面,不管是木制的还是石制的,只要属于房屋建材,还有任何一种垫席,以及任何不被允许的皮革,这些全都是僧团的重物。不过垫席可以用来铺地。羊皮虽然算是铺地的东西,它同样也是重物。被允许的皮革则属于可分之物。但在《库伦达疏》里说,凡是床那么大的皮革,都是重物。
Thambhatulāsopānaphalakādīsu yaṃkiñci dārumayaṃ vā pāsāṇamayaṃ vā gehasambhārūpagaṃ yo koci kaṭasārako yaṃkiñci bhūmattharaṇaṃ yaṃkiñci akappiyacammaṃ, sabbaṃ saṅghikaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, bhūmattharaṇaṃ kātuṃ vaṭṭati. Eḷakacammaṃ pana paccattharaṇagatikaṃ hoti, tampi garubhaṇḍameva, kappiyacammāni bhājanīyāni, kurundiyaṃ pana sabbaṃ mañcappamāṇaṃ cammaṃ garubhaṇḍanti vuttaṃ.
臼、杵、簸箕、石磨、小石磨、石槽、石盆,所有农具都是重物;所有带轮子的车乘也都是重物。床和椅的脚、横档,以及斧头、凿子等工具的木柄——这些东西里,凡是还没加工完成的,属于可分之物;如果已经刨削打磨好了,就成了重物。已经允许使用的刀柄、伞、掌叶扇、剪刀、鞋、带燧石的钻火器、滤水囊、脚量器、没超过规定量的余甘子葫芦、余甘子瓶、葫芦瓢、葫芦瓶、角制容器,这一切都是可分之物;超出这些之外的,就是重物。
Udukkhalaṃ musalaṃ suppaṃ nisadaṃ nisadapoto pāsāṇadoṇi pāsāṇakaṭāhaṃ sabbaṃ kasibhaṇḍampi garubhaṇḍaṃ, sabbaṃ cakkayuttayānaṃ garubhaṇḍameva. Mañcapīṭhānaṃ pādā ca aṭaniyo ca vāsiparasuādīnaṃ daṇḍā cāti etesu yaṃkiñci aniṭṭhitaṃ bhājanīyaṃ, tacchitamaṭṭhaṃ pana garubhaṇḍaṃ hoti, anuññātavāsiyā daṇḍo chattaṃ muṭṭhipaṇṇaṃ kattarayaṭṭhi upāhanā araṇisahitaṃ dhammakaraṇo pādaggaṇhanakato anatirittaṃ āmalakatumbaṃ āmalakaghaṭo lābukatumbaṃ lābukaghaṭo visāṇatumbanti sabbametaṃ bhājanīyaṃ, tato paraṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ.
象牙也好,任何兽角也好,只要没有经过雕琢、保持原本的样子,就属于可分之物。用这些材料做成床脚、椅脚等物品时,判断方法和前面说的一样。即使是已经雕琢完成的,比如阿魏盒、眼药盒、纽扣、饰环、眼药管、眼药棒、擦水布,这一切也都属于可分之物。
Hatthidanto vā yaṃkiñci visāṇaṃ vā atacchitaṃ yathāgatameva bhājanīyaṃ, tehi katamañcapīṭhapādādīsu purimasadisova vinicchayo. Tacchitaniṭṭhitopi hiṅgukaraṇḍako añjanikaraṇḍako gaṇṭhikā vidho añjanī añjanisalākā udakapuñchanīti idaṃ sabbaṃ bhājanīyameva.
陶器方面,属于一切人受用的瓶、瓮等陶匠制品,以及钵盖、火盆、熏香器、灯树、灯盏、砖、瓦、小塔等,全都是重物。但在这些已说的重物当中,如果有人为了自己使用而拿取竹子之类的东西,必须做成同等或更多的替换物之后才能拿。没有超过脚量器尺寸的瓶、钵、碟、金器、水壶等,在这里属于可分之物。就像陶器一样,金属器中的水壶也归入可分之物这一类。如此,把可分之物或可施物这样给出之后,如果接受者抱怨,就犯恶作;而另一种则根本不应该给。以主人姿态给予的,犯土喇咤亚;以盗心拿取的,应按物品估价后处理。就像给了别的资具而接受者抱怨就犯恶作一样,把衣或其他资具给予未经僧团授权的比丘,接受者抱怨时也同样是恶作;对未受具戒者,一切情况都是三恶作。不过,如果看到有人本性就是凭贪欲等行事,而抱怨说“给他有什么用?得到了也会糟蹋,不会好好受用”,则不犯;对疯癫者等也不犯。受具戒、如法获得授权、把僧团共许的衣施与、事后想要抱怨而抱怨——这里有四个条件。其等起等与不与取相同,但这个是苦受。
Mattikābhaṇḍe sabbaṃ manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ ghaṭapiṭharādikulālabhājanaṃ, pattakaṭāhaṃ aṅgārakaṭāhaṃ dhūmadānakaṃ dīparukkhako dīpakapallikā cayaniṭṭhakā chadaniṭṭhakā thupikāti sabbaṃ garubhaṇḍaṃ, etesu pana vuttanayesu garubhaṇḍesu yaṃkiñci veḷuādiṃ attano atthāya gaṇhantena samakaṃ vā atirekaṃ vā phātikammaṃ katvā gahetabbaṃ. Pādaggaṇhanakato anatirittappamāṇo pana ghaṭako patto thālakaṃ kañcanako kuṇḍikāti idamettha bhājanīyaṃ, yathā ca mattikābhaṇḍe evaṃ lohabhaṇḍepi kuṇḍikā bhājanīyakoṭṭhāsameva bhajati. Iti yaṃ bhājanīyaṃ vissajjanīyampi taṃ evaṃ vissajjiyavebhaṅgiyasaṅkhātaṃ aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, itaraṃ pana dātumeva na vaṭṭati. Issaravatāya dento thullaccayaṃ āpajjati, theyyacittena gaṇhanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā kāretabbo. Yathā ca aññaṃ parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭaṃ, tathā saṅghena asammatassa cīvaraṃ vā aññaṃ vā parikkhāraṃ datvā khīyantassa dukkaṭameva, anupasampanne sabbattha tikadukkaṭaṃ. Pakatiyā pana chandādivasena (pāci. 488) karontaṃ disvā ‘‘ko attho tassa dinnena, laddhāpi vinipātessati, na sammā upanessatī’’ti khīyantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Upasampannatā, dhammena laddhasammutitā, saṅghena saddhiṃ vikappanupagacīvaradānaṃ, pacchā khīyitukāmatāya khīyanāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni adinnādānasadisāni, idaṃ pana dukkhavedananti.
12. 回向学处注释
12. Pariṇāmanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十二条:在“三十事”中的“转施学处”里所说的方式完全一样。差别就在这里:在那里,因为是转施给自己,所以犯舍堕;在这里,因为是转施给个人,所以犯纯波逸提。
Dvādasame sabbaṃ tiṃsakakaṇḍe pariṇāmanasikkhāpade vuttanayameva. Ayameva hi viseso, tattha attano pariṇāmitattā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ, idha puggalassa pariṇāmitattā suddhikapācittiyanti.
内宫学处的注释
1. Antepurasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
宝品第一中,“刹帝利”指刹帝利种姓的人,“灌顶者”指以刹帝利灌顶仪式在头顶灌顶的人。“王未出”指王还没有离开,在王尚未离开时,意思是在寝室里。“宝”指王后,“已出”就是已经离开,“宝未出”就是王后还没有离开,在王后尚未离开时,意思是在寝室里。“越过门槛”:这里,如果没让对方知道自己已经来了,就先跨一只脚越过寝室的门槛,犯恶作;跨第二只脚,犯波逸提。
Ratanavaggassa paṭhame khattiyassāti khattiyajātikassa, muddhābhisittassāti khattiyābhisekena muddhani abhisittassa. Anikkhanto rājā itoti anikkhantarājakaṃ, tasmiṃ anikkhantarājake, sayanighareti attho. Ratanaṃ vuccati mahesī, niggatanti nikkhantaṃ, aniggataṃ ratanaṃ itoti aniggataratanakaṃ, tasmiṃ aniggataratanake, sayanighareti attho. Indakhīlaṃatikkameyyāti ettha attano āgatabhāvaṃ ajānāpetvā sayanigharassa ummāraṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ atikkāmentassa dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因阿难尊者进入国王内宫这件事而制定,属于不共制,不是无犯,是三波逸提。如果明明知道却当作不知道,或者心里有疑惑,就犯恶作。如果作已知想,或者对方不是刹帝利,或者不是经过刹帝利灌顶仪式灌顶的人,或者两者中有一个已经离开寝室时才进入,或者在不是寝室的地方,或者对疯癫者等,都无犯。刹帝利身份、已灌顶、两人都还没离开寝室、没有告知、越过门槛——这里具备五个条件。等起等与初咖提那相同,但这个是作而非作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ārabbha rañño antepurappavisanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, paṭisaṃvidite appaṭisaṃviditasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Paṭisaṃviditasaññissa, na khattiyassa vā, na khattiyābhisekena abhisittassa vā, ubhosu vā, ubhinnaṃ vā aññatarasmiṃ nikkhante sayanigharaṃ pavisantassa, asayanighare, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Khattiyatā, abhisittatā, ubhinnampi sayanigharato anikkhantatā, appaṭisaṃviditatā, indakhīlātikkamoti imānettha pañca aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni paṭhamakathinasadisāni, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
2. 宝物学处注释
2. Ratanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第二,所谓“宝物”,是指珍珠等十种宝物。所谓“被认可为宝物”,是指人们拿来受用、享用的任何东西。“在寺院内”,对有围墙的寺院来说,是指围墙以内;对没有围墙的寺院来说,是指两次掷石所及的范围之内。“在住所内”,对有围墙的住所来说,是指围墙以内;对没有围墙的住所来说,是指一杵掷落所及的范围之内。这里的判定是这样的:为自己拿取金银,或让别人为自己拿取,犯波逸提罪。为僧团、僧众、个人、塔庙、新建工程而拿取,犯恶作罪;其余珍珠等宝物,无论为谁拿取,都只是犯恶作罪。把如法物品或不如法物品,甚至属于母亲的东西,以仓库管理人的身份收存起来,犯波逸提罪;但如果把它当作自己的东西来收存,就可以。有人若说“请把这个收存起来”,应当拒绝说“不可以”。如果对方生气地把东西丢下就走,这就叫障碍,应当收存。在精舍里干活的木匠等人,或国王的亲信等人说“不管什么工具或卧具,请收存起来再交给我们”,即使出于好意或害怕,也不该照做,但可以指给他们一个安全的存放处。
Dutiye ratananti muttādidasavidhaṃ. Ratanasammatanti yaṃkiñci manussānaṃ upabhogaparibhogaṃ. Ajjhārāme vāti parikkhittassa antopaṭikkhepe aparikkhittassa dvinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ anto. Ajjhāvasatheti parikkhittassa antopaṭikkhepe, aparikkhittassa musalapātabbhantare. Ayaṃ panettha vinicchayo – jātarūparajataṃ attano atthāya uggaṇhantassa vā uggaṇhāpentassa vā nissaggiyaṃ pācittiyaṃ . Saṅghagaṇapuggalacetiyanavakammānaṃ atthāya dukkaṭaṃ, avasese muttādiratane sabbesampi atthāya dukkaṭameva. Kappiyavatthuṃ vā akappiyavatthuṃ vā antamaso mātusantakampi bhaṇḍāgārikasīsena paṭisāmentassa pācittiyaṃ, tādisaṃ pana attano santakaṃ katvā paṭisāmetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Idaṃ paṭisāmethā’’ti vutte pana ‘‘na vaṭṭatī’’ti paṭikkhipitabbaṃ. Sace kupitā pātetvā gacchanti, palibodho nāma hoti, paṭisāmetabbaṃ. Vihāre kammaṃ karontā vaḍḍhakīādayo vā rājavallabhā vā ‘‘yaṃkiñci upakaraṇaṃ vā sayanabhaṇḍaṃ vā paṭisāmetvā dethā’’ti vadanti, chandenapi bhayenapi na kātabbameva, guttaṭṭhānaṃ pana dassetuṃ vaṭṭati.
在寺院或住所里,如果某个地方让人怀疑“这东西可能是被比丘或沙弥拿走了”,那就应该在那个地方把它拿起来,或者叫人拿起来,做好标记后放在那里,并且告诉别人:“谁丢了东西,就过来。”如果有人来了,就问他:“你丢的是什么样的东西?”如果他能通过标记对得上,就还给他;如果对不上,就对他说“你自己去找吧”。要离开这个住处时,应该把东西交到合适的比丘手里;如果没有合适的比丘,就交到合适的居士手里,然后才能离开。如果有人既不离开,也见不到物主,那就用这东西去修建固定的住处、塔庙或者池塘。如果过了很久物主才来,就把东西给他看,然后说“请你随喜”。如果他不随喜,还催着说“把我的财物还给我”,那就劝解他之后还给他。
Ajjhārāmaajjhāvasathesupi yādise ṭhāne ‘‘bhikkhūhi vā sāmaṇerehi vā gahitaṃ bhavissatī’’ti āsaṅkā uppajjati, tādiseyeva ṭhāne uggahetvā vā uggahāpetvā vā saññāṇaṃ katvā nikkhipitabbaṃ, ‘‘yassa bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭhaṃ, so āgacchatū’’ti ca ācikkhitabbaṃ. Atha yo āgacchati, so ‘‘kīdisaṃ te bhaṇḍaṃ naṭṭha’’nti pucchitabbo, sace saññāṇena sampādeti, dātabbaṃ. No ce, ‘vicināhī’ti vattabbo. Tamhā āvāsā pakkamantena patirūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ hatthe, tesu asati patirūpānaṃ gahapatikānaṃ hatthe nikkhipitvā pakkamitabbaṃ. Yo pana neva pakkamati, na sāmikaṃ passati, tena thāvaraṃ senāsanaṃ vā cetiyaṃ vā pokkharaṇiṃ vā kāretabbo. Sace dīghassa addhuno accayena sāmiko āgacchati, taṃ dassetvā ‘anumodāhī’ti vattabbo. Sace nānumodati, ‘‘dehi me dhana’’nti codeti, samādapetvā dātabbaṃ.
在舍卫城,因某位比丘取宝物的因缘而制定。“除了在寺院范围内或住所范围内”,这里有两种补充规定。这是共通的规定,属于有教令性质的。在允许的地方,以不尊重的心态拿起来后不放下,犯恶作罪。在允许的地方拿起来后放下;把可触摸的、被认定为宝物的东西,以信任的方式或暂时借用的方式取用;作粪扫衣想而拿取;以及精神失常者等,都不犯。未经允许而做、属于他人所有、没有信任取用和粪扫衣想、自己拿或叫别人拿,这里有四个要素。它的起因等与媒介戒相似。
Sāvatthiyaṃ aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ ārabbha ratanauggaṇhanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘aññatra ajjhārāmā vā, ajjhāvasathā vā’’ti ayamettha duvidhā anupaññatti, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, anuññātaṭṭhāne anādariyena uggahetvā anikkhipantassa dukkaṭaṃ. Anuññātaṭṭhāne gahetvā nikkhipantassa, yaṃ hoti āmāsaṃ ratanasammataṃ, taṃ vissāsaṃ vā tāvakālikaṃ vā uggaṇhantassa, paṃsukūlasaññāya gaṇhato, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Ananuññātakaraṇaṃ, parasantakatā, vissāsaggāhapaṃsukūlasaññānaṃ abhāvo, uggahaṇaṃ vā uggahāpanaṃ vāti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
3. 非时入村学处注释
3. Vikālagāmappavesanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第三,“不告知在场的比丘”,这一点在行持部分已经讲过方法。非时,是指从正午过后一直到天亮之前。在这段时间里,如果没有先告知“我在非时入村”或“我要入村”,又没有那种如法的紧急事务要办,那么进入有围墙的村庄时越过围墙,进入没有围墙的村庄时踏入村的范围,第一步犯恶作,第二步犯波逸提。即使好几个人因为某件事一起入村,所有人也都要互相告知。如果是因为“在那个村里办不成这件事”而改去别的村,那就不需要再告知一次。但如果原本的劲头平息下来、要回精舍,半路上又想进另一个村,那就必须告知。在俗家或集会堂里吃完饭,想为乞油或乞酥而出去走动时,如果看到有比丘,就应当告知;如果没有比丘,心里认定“没有”就可以去。不过,一旦下了街道,即使看到比丘,也不需要再告知。如果道路正好穿过村子中间,走这条路的人生起“我要为油等东西去走动”的念头,看到比丘时就应当告知。如果一直顺着路走、不偏离道路,那就不需要告知;一旦偏离道路进入村里,就按前面说的,犯波逸提。
Tatiye santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchāti idaṃ cāritte vuttanayameva. Vikāleti majjhanhikātikkamato paṭṭhāya antoaruṇe, etasmiṃ antare ‘‘vikāle gāmappavesanaṃ āpucchāmī’’ti vā, ‘‘gāmaṃ pavisissāmī’’ti vā anāpucchitvā asati tathārūpe accāyike karaṇīye parikkhittassa gāmassa parikkhepaṃ atikkamantassa, aparikkhittassa upacāraṃ okkamantassa paṭhamapāde dukkaṭaṃ, dutiyapāde pācittiyaṃ. Sacepi sambahulā kenaci kammena gāmaṃ pavisanti, sabbehi aññamaññaṃ āpucchitabbaṃ. ‘‘Tasmiṃ gāme taṃ kammaṃ na sampajjatī’’ti aññaṃ gāmaṃ gacchantānaṃ puna āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Sace pana ussāhaṃ paṭippassambhetvā vihāraṃ gacchantā antarā aññaṃ gāmaṃ pavisitukāmā honti, āpucchitabbameva. Kulaghare vā āsanasālāyaṃ vā bhattakiccaṃ katvā telabhikkhāya vā sappibhikkhāya vā caritukāmena sace passe bhikkhu atthi, āpucchitabbo, asante ‘natthī’ti gantabbaṃ. Vīthiṃ otaritvā pana bhikkhuṃ disvāpi āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi. Yo pana gāmamajjhena maggo hoti, sace tena gacchantassa ‘‘telādīnaṃ atthāya carissāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, passe bhikkhuṃ disvā āpucchitabbaṃ. Maggā anokkamma carantassa pana āpucchanakiccaṃ natthi, okkamantassa vuttanayeneva pācittiyaṃ.
在舍卫城,因六众比丘非时入村的事情而制定。这里有三条补充规定:“在场的比丘”、“不告知”、“除了像那样的紧急事务”。这是不共通制定,无教令,三波逸提。在适时的时侯作非时想,以及有疑惑的,犯恶作。然而,作适时想的人,或者为了紧急事务,或者告知了在场的比丘,或者没告知不在场的比丘就进入,或者前往寺院内、比丘尼住处、外道住处、卧处、经行处中的任何一处,或者道路穿过村庄,他顺着那条路走,或者遇到灾难时,以及精神失常者等,无犯。不告知在场的比丘、没有允许的理由、非时入村,这里是三个要素。其源起等与咖提那戒相似,但这个是有作有不作。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha vikāle gāmappavesanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘santaṃ bhikkhu’’nti ca ‘‘anāpucchā’’ti ca ‘‘aññatra tathārūpā accāyikā karaṇīyā’’ti ca imā panettha tisso anupaññattiyo, asādhāraṇapaññatti, anāṇattikaṃ, tikapācittiyaṃ, kāle vikālasaññino, vematikassa ca dukkaṭaṃ. Kālasaññino pana, yo ca accāyike vā karaṇīye, santaṃ vā āpucchitvā, asantaṃ vā anāpucchitvā pavisati, antarārāmabhikkhunupassayatitthiyaseyyapaṭikkamanesu vā aññataraṃ gacchati, tassa, gāmena maggo hoti, tena gacchato, āpadāsu, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Santaṃ bhikkhuṃ anāpucchatā, anuññātakāraṇābhāvo, vikāle gāmappavisananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni kathinasadisāneva, idaṃ pana kiriyākiriyanti.
4. 针筒学处的注释
4. Sūcigharasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第四种:所谓可破坏的,就是破坏本身;这东西有破坏的性质,所以叫可破坏的。因此,在制作或让人制作这类针筒时,犯恶作;但如果已经得到了,就应该把它破坏掉,然后忏悔波逸提罪。
Catutthe bhedanameva bhedanakaṃ, taṃ assa atthīti bhedanakaṃ. Tasmā evarūpe sūcighare karaṇakārāpanesu dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena pana taṃ bhinditvā pācittiyaṃ desetabbaṃ.
在释迦国,因为众多比丘,针对多针筒告知俗家这件事而制定:这是共通制定,有教令性。自己开始做,或者别人开始做而自己或别人做完之后得到,犯四条波逸提。为了别人而做或叫人做,别人做好后自己拿来用,犯恶作。在纽结、发火具、扣环、眼药罐、眼药棒、刀柄、擦脚布这些物品中,用骨等材料制作任何一种,以及精神失常者等,无犯。针筒性、骨等制作性、为自己而做或叫人做而得到,这里是三个要素。它的源起等与媒介者戒相似。
Sakkesu sambahule bhikkhū ārabbha bahusūcigharaviññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sāṇattikaṃ, attanā vippakataṃ attanā vā, parehi vā, parehi vippakatampi attanā vā, parehi vā pariyosāpetvā labhantassa catukkapācittiyaṃ. Aññassatthāya karaṇakārāpanesu, aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjane dukkaṭaṃ. Gaṇṭhike araṇike vidhe añjaniyā añjanisalākāya vāsijaṭe udakapuñchaniyāti etesu yaṃkiñci aṭṭhiādīhi karontassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Sūcigharatā, aṭṭhimayāditā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni. Samuṭṭhānādīni sañcarittasadisānīti.
5. 床座学处注释
5. Mañcapīṭhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第五,床,是指马萨罗迦等任何一种。床座也是这样,但它不像床那样过长,也不像阿散地迦那样方正。应截断的与应破坏的处理方式相同。
Pañcame mañcanti masārakādīsu aññataraṃ. Pīṭhampi tādisameva, taṃ pana mañco viya atidīghaṃ, āsandiko viya ca samaṃ caturassaṃ na hoti. Chedanakaṃ bhedanakasadisameva.
在舍卫城,因为优波难陀而制定:在床上躺卧的高床上。对于把它做成符合尺寸的人,如果得到超尺寸的床后把它截断,使上面看起来正好符合尺寸;或者同样把它埋进地里;或者翻过来朝下;或者绑成架子后使用;以及疯子等人,都无犯。床座超尺寸、为自己制作或让人制作后获得,这里是两个构成要素。其余一切都和针筒学处相同。
Sāvatthiyaṃ upanandaṃ ārabbha ucce mañce sayanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, pamāṇikaṃ karontassa, pamāṇātikkantaṃ labhitvā chinditvā yathā pamāṇameva upari dissati, evaṃ nikhaṇitvā vā, uttānaṃ vā katvā, aṭṭakaṃ vā bandhitvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Pamāṇātikkantamañcapīṭhatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ sūcigharasikkhāpadasadisamevāti.
第六、棉絮褥学处的解释
6. Tūlonaddhasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第六个学处里说的“这里用棉花覆盖”,就是指棉覆褥:铺开一层薄布,把棉花放进去,再用薄布盖在上面,这就是这句话的意思。所谓应拆开,和应破坏是同样的意思。
Chaṭṭhe tūlaṃ onaddhametthāti tūlonaddhaṃ, cimilikaṃ pattharitvā tūlaṃ pakkhipitvā upari cimilikāya onaddhanti vuttaṃ hoti. Uddālanakaṃ bhedanakasadisameva.
在舍卫城,因六群比丘而制定了关于让人做棉覆褥的学处。在轭垫、腰带、肩带、钵袋、滤水囊、枕头这些物品上,如果拿到别人做好的棉覆褥,把它拆开后再使用,以及疯癫者等人,都不算犯戒。这里说的枕头,只允许做成头部大小。所谓头部大小,就是横宽上两个角之间相距一拃四指,中间高度一拳尺,纵长一拃半或两拃。棉覆褥具有床座的性质、为自己做或让人做而后得到,这是这里的两条犯戒要素。其余内容应当按前面所说的方式理解。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha tūlonaddhakārāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, āyoge kāyabandhane aṃsabaddhake pattatthavikāya parissāvane bimbohane, aññena kataṃ tūlonaddhaṃ paṭilabhitvā uddāletvā paribhuñjantassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Bimbohanañcettha sīsappamāṇameva vaṭṭati, sīsappamāṇaṃ nāma yassa vitthārato tīsu koṇesu dvinnaṃ antaraṃ vidatthicaturaṅgulaṃ hoti, majjhe muṭṭhiratanaṃ, dīghato diyaḍḍharatanaṃ vā dviratanaṃ vā. Tūlonaddhamañcapīṭhatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
第7章 坐具学处的解释
7. Nisīdanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
在第七项里,所谓“坐具”,是铺开来像敷具一样,在一端按善逝一拃的尺寸,在两处裁开,再配上三条边,这样制成的资具,就是它的名称。
Sattame nisīdananti santhatasadisaṃ santharitvā ekasmiṃ ante sugatavidatthippamāṇaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu phāletvā katāhi tīhi dasāhi yuttassa parikkhārassetaṃ nāmaṃ.
在舍卫城,因为六群比丘而制定了关于不定量坐具的学处。“十拃”是这里的附加规定,属于不共通的规定。对做合量或不足量的人,对拿到别人做好的过量坐具、剪裁后使用的人,对用来做伞盖等任何东西的人,以及疯癫者等,都无犯。坐具过量、为自己做或让人做后获得,是这里的两个构成要件。其余按前面所说的方式理解。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāni nisīdanāni dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, ‘‘dasā vidatthī’’ti ayamettha anupaññatti, asādhāraṇapaññatti, pamāṇikaṃ vā ūnakaṃ vā karontassa, aññena kataṃ pamāṇātikkantaṃ paṭilabhitvā chinditvā paribhuñjantassa, vitānādīsu yaṃkiñci karontassa, ummattakādīnañca anāpatti. Nisīdanassa pamāṇātikkantatā, attano atthāya karaṇaṃ vā kārāpetvā vā paṭilābhoti imānettha dve aṅgāni. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
第八、疮疥覆盖学处的解释
8. Kaṇḍuppaṭicchādisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第八条中,“疮疥覆盖衣”是指为了遮盖肚脐以下、膝盖以上的疮、疖子、脓疮、流液和粗重皮肤病而开许的衣。
Aṭṭhame kaṇḍuppaṭicchādinti adhonābhiubbhajāṇumaṇḍalaṃ kaṇḍupīḷakaassāvathullakacchābādhānaṃ paṭicchādanatthaṃ anuññātaṃ cīvaraṃ.
在舍卫城,因为六群比丘的缘故,针对持有不定量疮疥覆盖衣这件事而制定;这是共通制定。其余部分应当依照坐具那一段所说的方法来理解。
Sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāyo kaṇḍuppaṭicchādikāyo dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sesaṃ nisīdane vuttanayeneva veditabbanti.
第9条 雨浴衣学处的解释
9. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第九项学处中,在舍卫城,因为六群比丘持有没有规定尺寸的雨浴衣这件事而制定;这里剩下该说的内容,就按照坐具学处里已经说过的方式来说。
Navame sāvatthiyaṃ chabbaggiye ārabbha appamāṇikāyo vassikasāṭikāyo dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ nisīdane vuttanayamevāti.
第十、难陀学处注释
10. Nandasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
第十条:在舍卫城,因为尊者难陀穿了一件和善逝的衣量相等的衣服,于是制定了这条学处,这是共通制定;其余内容就和在坐具部分所说的方式一样。
Dasame sāvatthiyaṃ āyasmantaṃ nandaṃ ārabbha sugatacīvarappamāṇaṃ cīvaraṃ dhāraṇavatthusmiṃ paññattaṃ, sādhāraṇapaññatti, sesaṃ nisīdane vuttanayamevāti.